diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
269 files changed, 5514 insertions, 1302 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu index f1e02a98bd9d..99fda67fce18 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu @@ -3,9 +3,10 @@ Date: Mai 2012 Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the press of a button. A profile is split into general settings and - button settings. buttons holds informations about button layout. - When written, this file lets one write the respective profile - buttons to the mouse. The data has to be 47 bytes long. + button settings. The buttons variable holds information about + button layout. When written, this file lets one write the + respective profile buttons to the mouse. The data has to be + 47 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid data. Which profile to write is determined by the profile number contained in the data. @@ -26,8 +27,8 @@ Date: Mai 2012 Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the press of a button. A profile is split into general settings and - button settings. profile holds informations like resolution, sensitivity - and light effects. + button settings. A profile holds information like resolution, + sensitivity and light effects. When written, this file lets one write the respective profile settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid data. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi index 18d471d9faea..a6b324014692 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi @@ -107,6 +107,15 @@ Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> Description: Number of physical eraseblocks reserved for bad block handling. +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ro_mode +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Contains ASCII "1\n" if the read-only flag is set on this + device, and "0\n" if it is cleared. UBI devices mark themselves + as read-only when they detect an unrecoverable error. + What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/total_eraseblocks Date: July 2006 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram index 2e69e83bf510..4518d30b8c2e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram @@ -166,3 +166,12 @@ Description: The mm_stat file is read-only and represents device's mm statistics (orig_data_size, compr_data_size, etc.) in a format similar to block layer statistics file format. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/debug_stat +Date: July 2016 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The debug_stat file is read-only and represents various + device's debugging info useful for kernel developers. Its + format is not documented intentionally and may change + anytime without any notice. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 index 4b8d6ec92e2b..b5f526081711 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 @@ -6,13 +6,6 @@ Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple source for a single sink. ex: echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink -What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/status -Date: November 2014 -KernelVersion: 3.19 -Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific - layout and content is driver specific. - What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/trigger_cntr Date: November 2014 KernelVersion: 3.19 @@ -22,3 +15,65 @@ Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the following the trigger event. The number of 32-bit words written into the Trace RAM following the trigger event is equal to the value stored in this register+1 (from ARM ETB-TRM). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rdp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Defines the depth, in words, of the trace RAM in powers of + 2. The value is read directly from HW register RDP, 0x004. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/sts +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB status register. The value + is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rrp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Read Pointer register + that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB + interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP, + 0x014. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rwp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Write Pointer register + that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from + the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly + from HW register RWP, 0x018. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/trg +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is + read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ctl +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB Control register. The value + is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ffsr +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Status + register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR, + 0x300. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ffcr +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Control + register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR, + 0x304. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x index 2355ed8ae31f..36258bc1b473 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x @@ -359,6 +359,19 @@ Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register (0xFEC). The value is taken directly from the HW. +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trcconfig +Date: February 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.07 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the trace configuration register + (0x010) as currently set by SW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/mgmt/trctraceid +Date: February 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.07 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Print the content of the trace ID register (0x040). + What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etm/trcidr/trcidr0 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1dffabe7f48d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/enable_source +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace macrocell. + Enabling the trace macrocell implies it has been configured + properly and a sink has been identified for it. The path + of coresight components linking the source to the sink is + configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/hwevent_enable +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Provides access to the HW event enable register, used in + conjunction with HW event bank select register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/hwevent_select +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Gives access to the HW event block select register + (STMHEBSR) in order to configure up to 256 channels. Used in + conjunction with "hwevent_enable" register as described above. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/port_enable +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Provides access to the stimulus port enable register + (STMSPER). Used in conjunction with "port_select" described + below. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/port_select +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used to determine which bank of stimulus port bit in + register STMSPER (see above) apply to. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/status +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific + layout and content is driver specific. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/traceid +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream + coming from this trace entity. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc index f38cded5fa22..4fe677ed1305 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc @@ -6,3 +6,80 @@ Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the formatter after a defined number of words have been stored following the trigger event. Additional interface for this driver are expected to be added as it matures. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rsz +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Defines the size, in 32-bit words, of the local RAM buffer. + The value is read directly from HW register RSZ, 0x004. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/sts +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC status register. The value + is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rrp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Read Pointer register + that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB + interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP, + 0x014. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rwp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Write Pointer register + that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from + the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly + from HW register RWP, 0x018. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/trg +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is + read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ctl +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Control register. The value + is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ffsr +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Status + register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR, + 0x300. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ffcr +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Control + register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR, + 0x304. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/mode +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Mode register, which + indicate the mode the device has been configured to enact. The + The value is read directly from the MODE register, 0x028. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/devid +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Indicates the capabilities of the Coresight TMC. + The value is read directly from the DEVID register, 0xFC8, diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 index f893337570c1..ec27c6c9e737 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> Description: Provides access to the binary "24x7 catalog" provided by the hypervisor on POWER7 and 8 systems. This catalog lists events - avaliable from the powerpc "hv_24x7" pmu. Its format is + available from the powerpc "hv_24x7" pmu. Its format is documented here: https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jmesmon/catalog-24x7/master/hv-24x7-catalog.h diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio index 3c6624881375..df44998e7506 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ KernelVersion: 3.4 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Proximity measurement indicating that some - object is near the sensor, usually be observing + object is near the sensor, usually by observing reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted. Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion to SI units is not possible. Higher proximity measurements @@ -1255,12 +1255,23 @@ Description: What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_ir_raw What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_both_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_uv_raw KernelVersion: 3.4 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Unit-less light intensity. Modifiers both and ir indicate that measurements contains visible and infrared light - components or just infrared light, respectively. + components or just infrared light, respectively. Modifier uv indicates + that measurements contain ultraviolet light components. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_uvindex_input +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + UV light intensity index measuring the human skin's response to + different wavelength of sunlight weighted according to the + standardised CIE Erythemal Action Spectrum. UV index values range + from 0 (low) to >=11 (extreme). What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_integration_time What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_integration_time @@ -1501,3 +1512,56 @@ Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) pH reading of a substance as a negative base-10 logarithm of hydrodium ions in a litre of water. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/mount_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_mount_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_mount_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_mount_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_mount_matrix +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mounting matrix for IIO sensors. This is a rotation matrix which + informs userspace about sensor chip's placement relative to the + main hardware it is mounted on. + Main hardware placement is defined according to the local + reference frame related to the physical quantity the sensor + measures. + Given that the rotation matrix is defined in a board specific + way (platform data and / or device-tree), the main hardware + reference frame definition is left to the implementor's choice + (see below for a magnetometer example). + Applications should apply this rotation matrix to samples so + that when main hardware reference frame is aligned onto local + reference frame, then sensor chip reference frame is also + perfectly aligned with it. + Matrix is a 3x3 unitary matrix and typically looks like + [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Identity matrix + [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and main hardware + are perfectly aligned with each other. + + For example, a mounting matrix for a magnetometer sensor informs + userspace about sensor chip's ORIENTATION relative to the main + hardware. + More specifically, main hardware orientation is defined with + respect to the LOCAL EARTH GEOMAGNETIC REFERENCE FRAME where : + * Y is in the ground plane and positive towards magnetic North ; + * X is in the ground plane, perpendicular to the North axis and + positive towards the East ; + * Z is perpendicular to the ground plane and positive upwards. + + An implementor might consider that for a hand-held device, a + 'natural' orientation would be 'front facing camera at the top'. + The main hardware reference frame could then be described as : + * Y is in the plane of the screen and is positive towards the + top of the screen ; + * X is in the plane of the screen, perpendicular to Y axis, and + positive towards the right hand side of the screen ; + * Z is perpendicular to the screen plane and positive out of the + screen. + Another example for a quadrotor UAV might be : + * Y is in the plane of the propellers and positive towards the + front-view camera; + * X is in the plane of the propellers, perpendicular to Y axis, + and positive towards the starboard side of the UAV ; + * Z is perpendicular to propellers plane and positive upwards. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..77947c509796 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: Hardware chip or device hosting the MEN chameleon bus + +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/revision +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: The FPGA's revision number + +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/minor +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: The FPGA's minor number + +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/model +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: The FPGA's model number + +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/name +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: The FPGA's name diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl index 7fd737eed38a..4ba0a2a61926 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl @@ -233,3 +233,11 @@ Description: read/write 0 = don't trust, the image may be different (default) 1 = trust that the image will not change. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_timebase_synced +Date: March 2016 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Returns 1 if the psl timebase register is synchronized + with the core timebase register, 0 otherwise. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm index c9aa4f3fc9a7..77ed3da0f68e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm @@ -12,3 +12,13 @@ KernelVersion: 4.3 Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> Description: Shows the number of channels per master on this STM device. + +What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/hw_override +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Reads as 0 if master numbers in the STP stream produced by + this stm device will match the master numbers assigned by + the software or 1 if the stm hardware overrides software + assigned masters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd index 08579e7e1e89..98fd81ad76a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd @@ -39,5 +39,5 @@ Description: Make it possible to adjust defio refresh rate. Note: As device can barely do 2 complete refreshes a second it only makes sense to adjust this value if only one or two tiles get changed and it's not appropriate to expect the application - to flush it's tiny changes explicitely at higher than default rate. + to flush its tiny changes explicitly at higher than default rate. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi index b4436cca97a8..c7fc72d4495c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Description: to enable/disable/clear ACPI interrupts in user space, which can be used to debug some ACPI interrupt storm issues. - Note that only writting to VALID GPE/Fixed Event is allowed, + Note that only writing to VALID GPE/Fixed Event is allowed, i.e. user can only change the status of runtime GPE and Fixed Event with event handler installed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d36441538660 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-*/chid + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8061:*/chid +Date: Dec 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains the ID of the channel within the HIDMA instance. + It is used to associate a given HIDMA channel with the + priority and weight calls in the management interface. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..81fcfb454913 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/dev_desc +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com> +Description: + This file allows to read device descriptor of + gadget driver which is currently bound to this + controller. It is possible to read this file + only if gadget driver is bound, otherwise error + is returned. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/usbip_status +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com> +Description: + Current status of the device. + Allowed values: + 1 - Device is available and can be exported + 2 - Device is currently exported + 3 - Fatal error occurred during communication + with peer + +What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/usbip_sockfd +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com> +Description: + This file allows to export usb device to + connection peer. It is done by writing to this + file socket fd (as a string for example "8") + associated with a connection to remote peer who + would like to use this device. It is possible to + close the connection by writing -1 instead of + socked fd. diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl index 24979f691e3e..7e4f34fde697 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl @@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ </itemizedlist> </para> <para> - The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful, - otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the + The function returns true when the fixup was successful, + otherwise false. The return value is used to update the statistics. </para> <para> @@ -341,8 +341,8 @@ </itemizedlist> </para> <para> - The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful, - otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the + The function returns true when the fixup was successful, + otherwise false. The return value is used to update the statistics. </para> <para> @@ -359,7 +359,8 @@ statically initialized object or not. In case it is it calls debug_object_init() and debug_object_activate() to make the object known to the tracker and marked active. In this case - the function should return 0 because this is not a real fixup. + the function should return false because this is not a real + fixup. </para> </sect1> @@ -376,8 +377,8 @@ </itemizedlist> </para> <para> - The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful, - otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the + The function returns true when the fixup was successful, + otherwise false. The return value is used to update the statistics. </para> </sect1> @@ -397,8 +398,8 @@ </itemizedlist> </para> <para> - The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful, - otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the + The function returns true when the fixup was successful, + otherwise false. The return value is used to update the statistics. </para> </sect1> @@ -414,8 +415,8 @@ debug bucket. </para> <para> - The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful, - otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the + The function returns true when the fixup was successful, + otherwise false. The return value is used to update the statistics. </para> <para> @@ -427,7 +428,8 @@ case. The fixup function should check if this is a legitimate case of a statically initialized object or not. In this case only debug_object_init() should be called to make the object known to - the tracker. Then the function should return 0 because this is not + the tracker. Then the function should return false because this + is not a real fixup. </para> </sect1> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl index 893b2cabf7e4..8c68768ebee5 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl @@ -128,14 +128,44 @@ X!Edrivers/base/interface.c !Edrivers/base/platform.c !Edrivers/base/bus.c </sect1> - <sect1><title>Device Drivers DMA Management</title> + <sect1> + <title>Buffer Sharing and Synchronization</title> + <para> + The dma-buf subsystem provides the framework for sharing buffers + for hardware (DMA) access across multiple device drivers and + subsystems, and for synchronizing asynchronous hardware access. + </para> + <para> + This is used, for example, by drm "prime" multi-GPU support, but + is of course not limited to GPU use cases. + </para> + <para> + The three main components of this are: (1) dma-buf, representing + a sg_table and exposed to userspace as a file descriptor to allow + passing between devices, (2) fence, which provides a mechanism + to signal when one device as finished access, and (3) reservation, + which manages the shared or exclusive fence(s) associated with + the buffer. + </para> + <sect2><title>dma-buf</title> !Edrivers/dma-buf/dma-buf.c +!Iinclude/linux/dma-buf.h + </sect2> + <sect2><title>reservation</title> +!Pdrivers/dma-buf/reservation.c Reservation Object Overview +!Edrivers/dma-buf/reservation.c +!Iinclude/linux/reservation.h + </sect2> + <sect2><title>fence</title> !Edrivers/dma-buf/fence.c -!Edrivers/dma-buf/seqno-fence.c !Iinclude/linux/fence.h +!Edrivers/dma-buf/seqno-fence.c !Iinclude/linux/seqno-fence.h -!Edrivers/dma-buf/reservation.c -!Iinclude/linux/reservation.h +!Edrivers/dma-buf/sync_file.c +!Iinclude/linux/sync_file.h + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Device Drivers DMA Management</title> !Edrivers/base/dma-coherent.c !Edrivers/base/dma-mapping.c </sect1> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/gpu.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/gpu.tmpl index 1692c4dd5487..7586bf75f62e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/gpu.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/gpu.tmpl @@ -1617,12 +1617,23 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) !Iinclude/drm/drm_fb_helper.h </sect2> <sect2> + <title>Framebuffer CMA Helper Functions Reference</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_fb_cma_helper.c framebuffer cma helper functions +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_fb_cma_helper.c + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>Display Port Helper Functions Reference</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_helper.c dp helpers !Iinclude/drm/drm_dp_helper.h !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_helper.c </sect2> <sect2> + <title>Display Port Dual Mode Adaptor Helper Functions Reference</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_dual_mode_helper.c dp dual mode helpers +!Iinclude/drm/drm_dp_dual_mode_helper.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_dual_mode_helper.c + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>Display Port MST Helper Functions Reference</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_mst_topology.c dp mst helper !Iinclude/drm/drm_dp_mst_helper.h @@ -1671,17 +1682,23 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c Tile group </sect2> <sect2> - <title>Bridges</title> + <title>Bridges</title> <sect3> - <title>Overview</title> + <title>Overview</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_bridge.c overview </sect3> <sect3> - <title>Default bridge callback sequence</title> + <title>Default bridge callback sequence</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_bridge.c bridge callbacks </sect3> !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_bridge.c </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Panel Helper Reference</title> +!Iinclude/drm/drm_panel.h +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_panel.c +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_panel.c drm panel + </sect2> </sect1> <!-- Internals: kms properties --> @@ -1817,7 +1834,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) </tr> <tr> <td rowspan="42" valign="top" >DRM</td> - <td valign="top" >Generic</td> + <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >“rotation”</td> <td valign="top" >BITMASK</td> <td valign="top" >{ 0, "rotate-0" }, @@ -1832,6 +1849,13 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) image along the specified axis prior to rotation</td> </tr> <tr> + <td valign="top" >“scaling mode”</td> + <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> + <td valign="top" >{ "None", "Full", "Center", "Full aspect" }</td> + <td valign="top" >Connector</td> + <td valign="top" >Supported by: amdgpu, gma500, i915, nouveau and radeon.</td> + </tr> + <tr> <td rowspan="5" valign="top" >Connector</td> <td valign="top" >“EDID”</td> <td valign="top" >BLOB | IMMUTABLE</td> @@ -2068,21 +2092,12 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >property to suggest an Y offset for a connector</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="8" valign="top" >Optional</td> - <td valign="top" >“scaling mode”</td> - <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> - <td valign="top" >{ "None", "Full", "Center", "Full aspect" }</td> - <td valign="top" >Connector</td> - <td valign="top" >TBD</td> - </tr> - <tr> + <td rowspan="7" valign="top" >Optional</td> <td valign="top" >"aspect ratio"</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> <td valign="top" >{ "None", "4:3", "16:9" }</td> <td valign="top" >Connector</td> - <td valign="top" >DRM property to set aspect ratio from user space app. - This enum is made generic to allow addition of custom aspect - ratios.</td> + <td valign="top" >TDB</td> </tr> <tr> <td valign="top" >“dirty”</td> @@ -2153,7 +2168,11 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> <td valign="top" >{ "Automatic", "Full", "Limited 16:235" }</td> <td valign="top" >Connector</td> - <td valign="top" >TBD</td> + <td valign="top" >When this property is set to Limited 16:235 + and CTM is set, the hardware will be programmed with the + result of the multiplication of CTM by the limited range + matrix to ensure the pixels normaly in the range 0..1.0 are + remapped to the range 16/255..235/255.</td> </tr> <tr> <td valign="top" >“audio”</td> @@ -3334,7 +3353,7 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> <title>Video BIOS Table (VBT)</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_bios.c Video BIOS Table (VBT) !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_bios.c -!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_bios.h +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_vbt_defs.h </sect2> </sect1> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml index 81efa883f67d..e2e5484d2d9b 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml @@ -2841,7 +2841,7 @@ for a GOP and keep it below or equal the set bitrate target. Otherwise the rate overall average bitrate for the stream and keeps it below or equal to the set bitrate. In the first case the average bitrate for the whole stream will be smaller then the set bitrate. This is caused because the average is calculated for smaller number of frames, on the other hand enabling this setting will ensure that -the stream will meet tight bandwidth contraints. Applicable to encoders. +the stream will meet tight bandwidth constraints. Applicable to encoders. </entry> </row> <row><entry></entry></row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml index f4b61b6ce3c2..78599bbd58f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ initialize all fields of the &v4l2-vbi-format; results of <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant>, and call the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers return an &EINVAL; only when the given parameters are ambiguous, otherwise -they modify the parameters according to the hardware capabilites and +they modify the parameters according to the hardware capabilities and return the actual parameters. When the driver allocates resources at this point, it may return an &EBUSY; to indicate the returned parameters are valid but the required resources are currently not diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml index 9523bc5650f9..997f4e96f297 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ or the <structfield>flags</structfield> argument is not valid.</para> <term><errorcode>ERANGE</errorcode></term> <listitem> <para>It is not possible to adjust &v4l2-rect; <structfield> -r</structfield> rectangle to satisfy all contraints given in the +r</structfield> rectangle to satisfy all constraints given in the <structfield>flags</structfield> argument.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt index 8d990bde8693..82001a25a14b 100644 --- a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt +++ b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt @@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ of the reverse map types are described below: ==== Linear ==== irq_domain_add_linear() +irq_domain_create_linear() The linear reverse map maintains a fixed size table indexed by the hwirq number. When a hwirq is mapped, an irq_desc is allocated for @@ -81,10 +82,16 @@ map are fixed time lookup for IRQ numbers, and irq_descs are only allocated for in-use IRQs. The disadvantage is that the table must be as large as the largest possible hwirq number. +irq_domain_add_linear() and irq_domain_create_linear() are functionally +equivalent, except for the first argument is different - the former +accepts an Open Firmware specific 'struct device_node', while the latter +accepts a more general abstraction 'struct fwnode_handle'. + The majority of drivers should use the linear map. ==== Tree ==== irq_domain_add_tree() +irq_domain_create_tree() The irq_domain maintains a radix tree map from hwirq numbers to Linux IRQs. When an hwirq is mapped, an irq_desc is allocated and the @@ -95,6 +102,11 @@ since it doesn't need to allocate a table as large as the largest hwirq number. The disadvantage is that hwirq to IRQ number lookup is dependent on how many entries are in the table. +irq_domain_add_tree() and irq_domain_create_tree() are functionally +equivalent, except for the first argument is different - the former +accepts an Open Firmware specific 'struct device_node', while the latter +accepts a more general abstraction 'struct fwnode_handle'. + Very few drivers should need this mapping. ==== No Map ===- diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile index f3b04d22957c..de955e151af8 100644 --- a/Documentation/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/Makefile @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -subdir-y := accounting auxdisplay blackfin connector \ +subdir-y := accounting auxdisplay blackfin \ filesystems filesystems ia64 laptops mic misc-devices \ networking pcmcia prctl ptp timers vDSO watchdog diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt index 370ca006db7a..9bccf16736f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt @@ -176,13 +176,13 @@ a history of how Linux changed RCU more than RCU changed Linux which Mathieu Desnoyers is now maintaining [MathieuDesnoyers2009URCU] [MathieuDesnoyersPhD]. TINY_RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009BloatWatchRCU] made its appearance, as did expedited RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009expeditedRCU]. -The problem of resizeable RCU-protected hash tables may now be on a path +The problem of resizable RCU-protected hash tables may now be on a path to a solution [JoshTriplett2009RPHash]. A few academic researchers are now using RCU to solve their parallel problems [HariKannan2009DynamicAnalysisRCU]. 2010 produced a simpler preemptible-RCU implementation based on TREE_RCU [PaulEMcKenney2010SimpleOptRCU], lockdep-RCU -[PaulEMcKenney2010LockdepRCU], another resizeable RCU-protected hash +[PaulEMcKenney2010LockdepRCU], another resizable RCU-protected hash table [HerbertXu2010RCUResizeHash] (this one consuming more memory, but allowing arbitrary changes in hash function, as required for DoS avoidance in the networking code), realization of the 2009 RCU-protected @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ the RCU API [PaulEMcKenney2010RCUAPI]. [LinusTorvalds2011Linux2:6:38:rc1:NPigginVFS], an RCU-protected red-black tree using software transactional memory to protect concurrent updates (strange, but true!) [PhilHoward2011RCUTMRBTree], yet another variant of -RCU-protected resizeable hash tables [Triplett:2011:RPHash], the 3.0 RCU +RCU-protected resizable hash tables [Triplett:2011:RPHash], the 3.0 RCU trainwreck [PaulEMcKenney2011RCU3.0trainwreck], and Neil Brown's "Meet the Lockers" LWN article [NeilBrown2011MeetTheLockers]. Some academic work looked at debugging uses of RCU [Seyster:2011:RFA:2075416.2075425]. diff --git a/Documentation/adding-syscalls.txt b/Documentation/adding-syscalls.txt index cc2d4ac4f404..bbb31e091b28 100644 --- a/Documentation/adding-syscalls.txt +++ b/Documentation/adding-syscalls.txt @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ an fxyzzy(3) operation for free: - xyzzyat(fd, "", ..., AT_EMPTY_PATH) is equivalent to fxyzzy(fd, ...) (For more details on the rationale of the *at() calls, see the openat(2) man -page; for an example of AT_EMPTY_PATH, see the statat(2) man page.) +page; for an example of AT_EMPTY_PATH, see the fstatat(2) man page.) If your new xyzzy(2) system call involves a parameter describing an offset within a file, make its type loff_t so that 64-bit offsets can be supported diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet index 08b885d35674..e08a6739e72c 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet +++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ RedBoot scripting ----------------- All the commands above aren't so useful if they have to be typed in every -time the Assabet is rebooted. Therefore it's possible to automatize the boot +time the Assabet is rebooted. Therefore it's possible to automate the boot process using RedBoot's scripting capability. For example, I use this to boot Linux with both the kernel and the ramdisk diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt index ba4b6acfc545..4da60b463995 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt @@ -53,7 +53,10 @@ stable kernels. | ARM | Cortex-A57 | #832075 | ARM64_ERRATUM_832075 | | ARM | Cortex-A57 | #852523 | N/A | | ARM | Cortex-A57 | #834220 | ARM64_ERRATUM_834220 | +| ARM | MMU-500 | #841119,#826419 | N/A | | | | | | | Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #22375, #24313 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375 | +| Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #23144 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_23144 | | Cavium | ThunderX GICv3 | #23154 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_23154 | | Cavium | ThunderX Core | #27456 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_27456 | +| Cavium | ThunderX SMMUv2 | #27704 | N/A | diff --git a/Documentation/block/00-INDEX b/Documentation/block/00-INDEX index e840b47613f7..e55103ace382 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/block/00-INDEX @@ -2,6 +2,8 @@ - This file biodoc.txt - Notes on the Generic Block Layer Rewrite in Linux 2.5 +biovecs.txt + - Immutable biovecs and biovec iterators capability.txt - Generic Block Device Capability (/sys/block/<device>/capability) cfq-iosched.txt @@ -14,6 +16,8 @@ deadline-iosched.txt - Deadline IO scheduler tunables ioprio.txt - Block io priorities (in CFQ scheduler) +pr.txt + - Block layer support for Persistent Reservations null_blk.txt - Null block for block-layer benchmarking. queue-sysfs.txt diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt index 5bda5031c83d..13100fb3c26d 100644 --- a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt @@ -59,27 +59,16 @@ num_devices parameter is optional and tells zram how many devices should be pre-created. Default: 1. 2) Set max number of compression streams - Compression backend may use up to max_comp_streams compression streams, - thus allowing up to max_comp_streams concurrent compression operations. - By default, compression backend uses single compression stream. - - Examples: - #show max compression streams number + Regardless the value passed to this attribute, ZRAM will always + allocate multiple compression streams - one per online CPUs - thus + allowing several concurrent compression operations. The number of + allocated compression streams goes down when some of the CPUs + become offline. There is no single-compression-stream mode anymore, + unless you are running a UP system or has only 1 CPU online. + + To find out how many streams are currently available: cat /sys/block/zram0/max_comp_streams - #set max compression streams number to 3 - echo 3 > /sys/block/zram0/max_comp_streams - -Note: -In order to enable compression backend's multi stream support max_comp_streams -must be initially set to desired concurrency level before ZRAM device -initialisation. Once the device initialised as a single stream compression -backend (max_comp_streams equals to 1), you will see error if you try to change -the value of max_comp_streams because single stream compression backend -implemented as a special case by lock overhead issue and does not support -dynamic max_comp_streams. Only multi stream backend supports dynamic -max_comp_streams adjustment. - 3) Select compression algorithm Using comp_algorithm device attribute one can see available and currently selected (shown in square brackets) compression algorithms, @@ -183,6 +172,7 @@ mem_limit RW the maximum amount of memory ZRAM can use to store pages_compacted RO the number of pages freed during compaction (available only via zram<id>/mm_stat node) compact WO trigger memory compaction +debug_stat RO this file is used for zram debugging purposes WARNING ======= diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.txt index ff71e16cc752..b14abf217239 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.txt @@ -280,17 +280,9 @@ the amount of kernel memory used by the system. Kernel memory is fundamentally different than user memory, since it can't be swapped out, which makes it possible to DoS the system by consuming too much of this precious resource. -Kernel memory won't be accounted at all until limit on a group is set. This -allows for existing setups to continue working without disruption. The limit -cannot be set if the cgroup have children, or if there are already tasks in the -cgroup. Attempting to set the limit under those conditions will return -EBUSY. -When use_hierarchy == 1 and a group is accounted, its children will -automatically be accounted regardless of their limit value. - -After a group is first limited, it will be kept being accounted until it -is removed. The memory limitation itself, can of course be removed by writing --1 to memory.kmem.limit_in_bytes. In this case, kmem will be accounted, but not -limited. +Kernel memory accounting is enabled for all memory cgroups by default. But +it can be disabled system-wide by passing cgroup.memory=nokmem to the kernel +at boot time. In this case, kernel memory will not be accounted at all. Kernel memory limits are not imposed for the root cgroup. Usage for the root cgroup may or may not be accounted. The memory used is accumulated into diff --git a/Documentation/connector/.gitignore b/Documentation/connector/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index d2b9c32accd4..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/connector/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -ucon diff --git a/Documentation/connector/Makefile b/Documentation/connector/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index d98e4df98e24..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/connector/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -ifneq ($(CONFIG_CONNECTOR),) -obj-m += cn_test.o -endif - -# List of programs to build -hostprogs-y := ucon - -# Tell kbuild to always build the programs -always := $(hostprogs-y) - -HOSTCFLAGS_ucon.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include - -all: modules - -modules clean: - $(MAKE) -C ../.. SUBDIRS=$(PWD) $@ diff --git a/Documentation/connector/cn_test.c b/Documentation/connector/cn_test.c deleted file mode 100644 index d12cc944b696..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/connector/cn_test.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ -/* - * cn_test.c - * - * 2004+ Copyright (c) Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net> - * All rights reserved. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - */ - -#define pr_fmt(fmt) "cn_test: " fmt - -#include <linux/kernel.h> -#include <linux/module.h> -#include <linux/moduleparam.h> -#include <linux/skbuff.h> -#include <linux/slab.h> -#include <linux/timer.h> - -#include <linux/connector.h> - -static struct cb_id cn_test_id = { CN_NETLINK_USERS + 3, 0x456 }; -static char cn_test_name[] = "cn_test"; -static struct sock *nls; -static struct timer_list cn_test_timer; - -static void cn_test_callback(struct cn_msg *msg, struct netlink_skb_parms *nsp) -{ - pr_info("%s: %lu: idx=%x, val=%x, seq=%u, ack=%u, len=%d: %s.\n", - __func__, jiffies, msg->id.idx, msg->id.val, - msg->seq, msg->ack, msg->len, - msg->len ? (char *)msg->data : ""); -} - -/* - * Do not remove this function even if no one is using it as - * this is an example of how to get notifications about new - * connector user registration - */ -#if 0 -static int cn_test_want_notify(void) -{ - struct cn_ctl_msg *ctl; - struct cn_notify_req *req; - struct cn_msg *msg = NULL; - int size, size0; - struct sk_buff *skb; - struct nlmsghdr *nlh; - u32 group = 1; - - size0 = sizeof(*msg) + sizeof(*ctl) + 3 * sizeof(*req); - - size = NLMSG_SPACE(size0); - - skb = alloc_skb(size, GFP_ATOMIC); - if (!skb) { - pr_err("failed to allocate new skb with size=%u\n", size); - return -ENOMEM; - } - - nlh = nlmsg_put(skb, 0, 0x123, NLMSG_DONE, size - sizeof(*nlh), 0); - if (!nlh) { - kfree_skb(skb); - return -EMSGSIZE; - } - - msg = nlmsg_data(nlh); - - memset(msg, 0, size0); - - msg->id.idx = -1; - msg->id.val = -1; - msg->seq = 0x123; - msg->ack = 0x345; - msg->len = size0 - sizeof(*msg); - - ctl = (struct cn_ctl_msg *)(msg + 1); - - ctl->idx_notify_num = 1; - ctl->val_notify_num = 2; - ctl->group = group; - ctl->len = msg->len - sizeof(*ctl); - - req = (struct cn_notify_req *)(ctl + 1); - - /* - * Idx. - */ - req->first = cn_test_id.idx; - req->range = 10; - - /* - * Val 0. - */ - req++; - req->first = cn_test_id.val; - req->range = 10; - - /* - * Val 1. - */ - req++; - req->first = cn_test_id.val + 20; - req->range = 10; - - NETLINK_CB(skb).dst_group = ctl->group; - //netlink_broadcast(nls, skb, 0, ctl->group, GFP_ATOMIC); - netlink_unicast(nls, skb, 0, 0); - - pr_info("request was sent: group=0x%x\n", ctl->group); - - return 0; -} -#endif - -static u32 cn_test_timer_counter; -static void cn_test_timer_func(unsigned long __data) -{ - struct cn_msg *m; - char data[32]; - - pr_debug("%s: timer fired with data %lu\n", __func__, __data); - - m = kzalloc(sizeof(*m) + sizeof(data), GFP_ATOMIC); - if (m) { - - memcpy(&m->id, &cn_test_id, sizeof(m->id)); - m->seq = cn_test_timer_counter; - m->len = sizeof(data); - - m->len = - scnprintf(data, sizeof(data), "counter = %u", - cn_test_timer_counter) + 1; - - memcpy(m + 1, data, m->len); - - cn_netlink_send(m, 0, 0, GFP_ATOMIC); - kfree(m); - } - - cn_test_timer_counter++; - - mod_timer(&cn_test_timer, jiffies + msecs_to_jiffies(1000)); -} - -static int cn_test_init(void) -{ - int err; - - err = cn_add_callback(&cn_test_id, cn_test_name, cn_test_callback); - if (err) - goto err_out; - cn_test_id.val++; - err = cn_add_callback(&cn_test_id, cn_test_name, cn_test_callback); - if (err) { - cn_del_callback(&cn_test_id); - goto err_out; - } - - setup_timer(&cn_test_timer, cn_test_timer_func, 0); - mod_timer(&cn_test_timer, jiffies + msecs_to_jiffies(1000)); - - pr_info("initialized with id={%u.%u}\n", - cn_test_id.idx, cn_test_id.val); - - return 0; - - err_out: - if (nls && nls->sk_socket) - sock_release(nls->sk_socket); - - return err; -} - -static void cn_test_fini(void) -{ - del_timer_sync(&cn_test_timer); - cn_del_callback(&cn_test_id); - cn_test_id.val--; - cn_del_callback(&cn_test_id); - if (nls && nls->sk_socket) - sock_release(nls->sk_socket); -} - -module_init(cn_test_init); -module_exit(cn_test_fini); - -MODULE_LICENSE("GPL"); -MODULE_AUTHOR("Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>"); -MODULE_DESCRIPTION("Connector's test module"); diff --git a/Documentation/connector/connector.txt b/Documentation/connector/connector.txt index f6215f95149b..ab7ca897fab7 100644 --- a/Documentation/connector/connector.txt +++ b/Documentation/connector/connector.txt @@ -186,3 +186,11 @@ only cn_test.c test module used it. Some work in netlink area is still being done, so things can be changed in 2.6.15 timeframe, if it will happen, documentation will be updated for that kernel. + +/*****************************************/ +Code samples +/*****************************************/ + +Sample code for a connector test module and user space can be found +in samples/connector/. To build this code, enable CONFIG_CONNECTOR +and CONFIG_SAMPLES. diff --git a/Documentation/connector/ucon.c b/Documentation/connector/ucon.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8a4da64e02a8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/connector/ucon.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,250 +0,0 @@ -/* - * ucon.c - * - * Copyright (c) 2004+ Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net> - * - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - */ - -#include <asm/types.h> - -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/socket.h> -#include <sys/poll.h> - -#include <linux/netlink.h> -#include <linux/rtnetlink.h> - -#include <arpa/inet.h> - -#include <stdbool.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include <time.h> -#include <getopt.h> - -#include <linux/connector.h> - -#define DEBUG -#define NETLINK_CONNECTOR 11 - -/* Hopefully your userspace connector.h matches this kernel */ -#define CN_TEST_IDX CN_NETLINK_USERS + 3 -#define CN_TEST_VAL 0x456 - -#ifdef DEBUG -#define ulog(f, a...) fprintf(stdout, f, ##a) -#else -#define ulog(f, a...) do {} while (0) -#endif - -static int need_exit; -static __u32 seq; - -static int netlink_send(int s, struct cn_msg *msg) -{ - struct nlmsghdr *nlh; - unsigned int size; - int err; - char buf[128]; - struct cn_msg *m; - - size = NLMSG_SPACE(sizeof(struct cn_msg) + msg->len); - - nlh = (struct nlmsghdr *)buf; - nlh->nlmsg_seq = seq++; - nlh->nlmsg_pid = getpid(); - nlh->nlmsg_type = NLMSG_DONE; - nlh->nlmsg_len = size; - nlh->nlmsg_flags = 0; - - m = NLMSG_DATA(nlh); -#if 0 - ulog("%s: [%08x.%08x] len=%u, seq=%u, ack=%u.\n", - __func__, msg->id.idx, msg->id.val, msg->len, msg->seq, msg->ack); -#endif - memcpy(m, msg, sizeof(*m) + msg->len); - - err = send(s, nlh, size, 0); - if (err == -1) - ulog("Failed to send: %s [%d].\n", - strerror(errno), errno); - - return err; -} - -static void usage(void) -{ - printf( - "Usage: ucon [options] [output file]\n" - "\n" - "\t-h\tthis help screen\n" - "\t-s\tsend buffers to the test module\n" - "\n" - "The default behavior of ucon is to subscribe to the test module\n" - "and wait for state messages. Any ones received are dumped to the\n" - "specified output file (or stdout). The test module is assumed to\n" - "have an id of {%u.%u}\n" - "\n" - "If you get no output, then verify the cn_test module id matches\n" - "the expected id above.\n" - , CN_TEST_IDX, CN_TEST_VAL - ); -} - -int main(int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - int s; - char buf[1024]; - int len; - struct nlmsghdr *reply; - struct sockaddr_nl l_local; - struct cn_msg *data; - FILE *out; - time_t tm; - struct pollfd pfd; - bool send_msgs = false; - - while ((s = getopt(argc, argv, "hs")) != -1) { - switch (s) { - case 's': - send_msgs = true; - break; - - case 'h': - usage(); - return 0; - - default: - /* getopt() outputs an error for us */ - usage(); - return 1; - } - } - - if (argc != optind) { - out = fopen(argv[optind], "a+"); - if (!out) { - ulog("Unable to open %s for writing: %s\n", - argv[1], strerror(errno)); - out = stdout; - } - } else - out = stdout; - - memset(buf, 0, sizeof(buf)); - - s = socket(PF_NETLINK, SOCK_DGRAM, NETLINK_CONNECTOR); - if (s == -1) { - perror("socket"); - return -1; - } - - l_local.nl_family = AF_NETLINK; - l_local.nl_groups = -1; /* bitmask of requested groups */ - l_local.nl_pid = 0; - - ulog("subscribing to %u.%u\n", CN_TEST_IDX, CN_TEST_VAL); - - if (bind(s, (struct sockaddr *)&l_local, sizeof(struct sockaddr_nl)) == -1) { - perror("bind"); - close(s); - return -1; - } - -#if 0 - { - int on = 0x57; /* Additional group number */ - setsockopt(s, SOL_NETLINK, NETLINK_ADD_MEMBERSHIP, &on, sizeof(on)); - } -#endif - if (send_msgs) { - int i, j; - - memset(buf, 0, sizeof(buf)); - - data = (struct cn_msg *)buf; - - data->id.idx = CN_TEST_IDX; - data->id.val = CN_TEST_VAL; - data->seq = seq++; - data->ack = 0; - data->len = 0; - - for (j=0; j<10; ++j) { - for (i=0; i<1000; ++i) { - len = netlink_send(s, data); - } - - ulog("%d messages have been sent to %08x.%08x.\n", i, data->id.idx, data->id.val); - } - - return 0; - } - - - pfd.fd = s; - - while (!need_exit) { - pfd.events = POLLIN; - pfd.revents = 0; - switch (poll(&pfd, 1, -1)) { - case 0: - need_exit = 1; - break; - case -1: - if (errno != EINTR) { - need_exit = 1; - break; - } - continue; - } - if (need_exit) - break; - - memset(buf, 0, sizeof(buf)); - len = recv(s, buf, sizeof(buf), 0); - if (len == -1) { - perror("recv buf"); - close(s); - return -1; - } - reply = (struct nlmsghdr *)buf; - - switch (reply->nlmsg_type) { - case NLMSG_ERROR: - fprintf(out, "Error message received.\n"); - fflush(out); - break; - case NLMSG_DONE: - data = (struct cn_msg *)NLMSG_DATA(reply); - - time(&tm); - fprintf(out, "%.24s : [%x.%x] [%08u.%08u].\n", - ctime(&tm), data->id.idx, data->id.val, data->seq, data->ack); - fflush(out); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - - close(s); - return 0; -} diff --git a/Documentation/devices.txt b/Documentation/devices.txt index 87b4c5e82d39..4035eca87144 100644 --- a/Documentation/devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devices.txt @@ -1,20 +1,17 @@ - LINUX ALLOCATED DEVICES (2.6+ version) - - Maintained by Alan Cox <device@lanana.org> - - Last revised: 6th April 2009 + LINUX ALLOCATED DEVICES (4.x+ version) This list is the Linux Device List, the official registry of allocated device numbers and /dev directory nodes for the Linux operating system. -The latest version of this list is available from -http://www.lanana.org/docs/device-list/ or -ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/docs/device-list/. This version may be -newer than the one distributed with the Linux kernel. - -The LaTeX version of this document is no longer maintained. +The LaTeX version of this document is no longer maintained, nor is +the document that used to reside at lanana.org. This version in the +mainline Linux kernel is the master document. Updates shall be sent +as patches to the kernel maintainers (see the SubmittingPatches document). +Specifically explore the sections titled "CHAR and MISC DRIVERS", and +"BLOCK LAYER" in the MAINTAINERS file to find the right maintainers +to involve for character and block devices. This document is included by reference into the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS). The FHS is available from http://www.pathname.com/fhs/. @@ -23,60 +20,33 @@ Allocations marked (68k/Amiga) apply to Linux/68k on the Amiga platform only. Allocations marked (68k/Atari) apply to Linux/68k on the Atari platform only. -The symbol {2.6} means the allocation is obsolete and scheduled for -removal once kernel version 2.6 (or equivalent) is released. Some of these -allocations have already been removed. - -This document is in the public domain. The author requests, however, +This document is in the public domain. The authors requests, however, that semantically altered versions are not distributed without -permission of the author, assuming the author can be contacted without +permission of the authors, assuming the authors can be contacted without an unreasonable effort. -In particular, please don't sent patches for this list to Linus, at -least not without contacting me first. - -I do not have any information about these devices beyond what appears -on this list. Any such information requests will be deleted without -reply. - **** DEVICE DRIVERS AUTHORS PLEASE READ THIS **** -To have a major number allocated, or a minor number in situations -where that applies (e.g. busmice), please contact me with the -appropriate device information. Also, if you have additional -information regarding any of the devices listed below, or if I have -made a mistake, I would greatly appreciate a note. - -I do, however, make a few requests about the nature of your report. -This is necessary for me to be able to keep this list up to date and -correct in a timely manner. First of all, *please* send it to the -correct address... <device@lanana.org>. I receive hundreds of email -messages a day, so mail sent to other addresses may very well get lost -in the avalanche. Please put in a descriptive subject, so I can find -your mail again should I need to. Too many people send me email -saying just "device number request" in the subject. - -Second, please include a description of the device *in the same format -as this list*. The reason for this is that it is the only way I have -found to ensure I have all the requisite information to publish your -device and avoid conflicts. +Linux now has extensive support for dynamic allocation of device numbering +and can use sysfs and udev (systemd) to handle the naming needs. There are +still some exceptions in the serial and boot device area. Before asking +for a device number make sure you actually need one. -Third, please don't assume that the distributed version of the list is -up to date. Due to the number of registrations I have to maintain it -in "batch mode", so there is likely additional registrations that -haven't been listed yet. +To have a major number allocated, or a minor number in situations +where that applies (e.g. busmice), please submit a patch and send to +the authors as indicated above. -Fourth, remember that Linux now has extensive support for dynamic allocation -of device numbering and can use sysfs and udev to handle the naming needs. -There are still some exceptions in the serial and boot device area. Before -asking for a device number make sure you actually need one. +Keep the description of the device *in the same format +as this list*. The reason for this is that it is the only way we have +found to ensure we have all the requisite information to publish your +device and avoid conflicts. -Finally, sometimes I have to play "namespace police." Please don't be -offended. I often get submissions for /dev names that would be bound -to cause conflicts down the road. I am trying to avoid getting in a +Finally, sometimes we have to play "namespace police." Please don't be +offended. We often get submissions for /dev names that would be bound +to cause conflicts down the road. We are trying to avoid getting in a situation where we would have to suffer an incompatible forward -change. Therefore, please consult with me *before* you make your +change. Therefore, please consult with us *before* you make your device names and numbers in any way public, at least to the point where it would be at all difficult to get them changed. @@ -3099,9 +3069,9 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated. 129 = /dev/ipath_sma Device used by Subnet Management Agent 130 = /dev/ipath_diag Device used by diagnostics programs -234-239 UNASSIGNED - -240-254 char LOCAL/EXPERIMENTAL USE +234-254 char RESERVED FOR DYNAMIC ASSIGNMENT + Character devices that request a dynamic allocation of major number will + take numbers starting from 254 and downward. 240-254 block LOCAL/EXPERIMENTAL USE Allocated for local/experimental use. For devices not diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt index 1d8004633479..e1f5ad855f14 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt @@ -151,6 +151,65 @@ Example: clocks = <&clk32k>; }; +SHDWC SAMA5D2-Compatible Shutdown Controller + +1) shdwc node + +required properties: +- compatible: should be "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc". +- reg: should contain registers location and length +- clocks: phandle to input clock. +- #address-cells: should be one. The cell is the wake-up input index. +- #size-cells: should be zero. + +optional properties: + +- debounce-delay-us: minimum wake-up inputs debouncer period in + microseconds. It's usually a board-related property. +- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-Time Clock wake-up. + +The node contains child nodes for each wake-up input that the platform uses. + +2) input nodes + +Wake-up input nodes are usually described in the "board" part of the Device +Tree. Note also that input 0 is linked to the wake-up pin and is frequently +used. + +Required properties: +- reg: should contain the wake-up input index [0 - 15]. + +Optional properties: +- atmel,wakeup-active-high: boolean, the corresponding wake-up input described + by the child, forces the wake-up of the core power supply on a high level. + The default is to be active low. + +Example: + +On the SoC side: + shdwc@f8048010 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc"; + reg = <0xf8048010 0x10>; + clocks = <&clk32k>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer; + }; + +On the board side: + shdwc@f8048010 { + debounce-delay-us = <976>; + + input@0 { + reg = <0>; + }; + + input@1 { + reg = <1>; + atmel,wakeup-active-high; + }; + }; + Special Function Registers (SFR) Special Function Registers (SFR) manage specific aspects of the integrated diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt index a1a5a7ecc2fb..0f2153e8fa7e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ specific to ARM. "arm,cci-400-pmu,r0" "arm,cci-400-pmu,r1" "arm,cci-400-pmu" - DEPRECATED, permitted only where OS has - secure acces to CCI registers + secure access to CCI registers "arm,cci-500-pmu,r0" "arm,cci-550-pmu,r0" - reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt index 62938eb9697f..93147c0c8a0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ its hardware characteristcs. - "arm,coresight-etm3x", "arm,primecell"; - "arm,coresight-etm4x", "arm,primecell"; - "qcom,coresight-replicator1x", "arm,primecell"; + - "arm,coresight-stm", "arm,primecell"; [1] * reg: physical base address and length of the register set(s) of the component. @@ -36,6 +37,14 @@ its hardware characteristcs. layout using the generic DT graph presentation found in "bindings/graph.txt". +* Additional required properties for System Trace Macrocells (STM): + * reg: along with the physical base address and length of the register + set as described above, another entry is required to describe the + mapping of the extended stimulus port area. + + * reg-names: the only acceptable values are "stm-base" and + "stm-stimulus-base", each corresponding to the areas defined in "reg". + * Required properties for devices that don't show up on the AMBA bus, such as non-configurable replicators: @@ -202,3 +211,22 @@ Example: }; }; }; + +4. STM + stm@20100000 { + compatible = "arm,coresight-stm", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0 0x20100000 0 0x1000>, + <0 0x28000000 0 0x180000>; + reg-names = "stm-base", "stm-stimulus-base"; + + clocks = <&soc_smc50mhz>; + clock-names = "apb_pclk"; + port { + stm_out_port: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&main_funnel_in_port2>; + }; + }; + }; + +[1]. There is currently two version of STM: STM32 and STM500. Both +have the same HW interface and as such don't need an explicit binding name. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2c2x0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2c2x0.txt index fe0398c5c77b..c453ab5553cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2c2x0.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2c2x0.txt @@ -84,6 +84,12 @@ Optional properties: - prefetch-instr : Instruction prefetch. Value: <0> (forcibly disable), <1> (forcibly enable), property absent (retain settings set by firmware) +- arm,dynamic-clock-gating : L2 dynamic clock gating. Value: <0> (forcibly + disable), <1> (forcibly enable), property absent (OS specific behavior, + preferrably retain firmware settings) +- arm,standby-mode: L2 standby mode enable. Value <0> (forcibly disable), + <1> (forcibly enable), property absent (OS specific behavior, + preferrably retain firmware settings) Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/ap806-system-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/ap806-system-controller.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8968371d84e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/ap806-system-controller.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Marvell Armada AP806 System Controller +====================================== + +The AP806 is one of the two core HW blocks of the Marvell Armada 7K/8K +SoCs. It contains a system controller, which provides a number +registers giving access to numerous features: clocks, pin-muxing and +many other SoC configuration items. This DT binding allows to describe +this system controller. + +The Device Tree node representing the AP806 system controller provides +a number of clocks: + + - 0: clock of CPU cluster 0 + - 1: clock of CPU cluster 1 + - 2: fixed PLL at 1200 Mhz + - 3: MSS clock, derived from the fixed PLL + +Required properties: + + - compatible: must be: + "marvell,ap806-system-controller", "syscon" + - reg: register area of the AP806 system controller + - #clock-cells: must be set to 1 + - clock-output-names: must be defined to: + "ap-cpu-cluster-0", "ap-cpu-cluster-1", "ap-fixed", "ap-mss" + +Example: + + syscon: system-controller@6f4000 { + compatible = "marvell,ap806-system-controller", "syscon"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clock-output-names = "ap-cpu-cluster-0", "ap-cpu-cluster-1", + "ap-fixed", "ap-mss"; + reg = <0x6f4000 0x1000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/cp110-system-controller0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/cp110-system-controller0.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..30c546900b60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/cp110-system-controller0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +Marvell Armada CP110 System Controller 0 +======================================== + +The CP110 is one of the two core HW blocks of the Marvell Armada 7K/8K +SoCs. It contains two sets of system control registers, System +Controller 0 and System Controller 1. This Device Tree binding allows +to describe the first system controller, which provides registers to +configure various aspects of the SoC. + +The Device Tree node representing this System Controller 0 provides a +number of clocks: + + - a set of core clocks + - a set of gatable clocks + +Those clocks can be referenced by other Device Tree nodes using two +cells: + - The first cell must be 0 or 1. 0 for the core clocks and 1 for the + gatable clocks. + - The second cell identifies the particular core clock or gatable + clocks. + +The following clocks are available: + - Core clocks + - 0 0 APLL + - 0 1 PPv2 core + - 0 2 EIP + - 0 3 Core + - 0 4 NAND core + - Gatable clocks + - 1 0 Audio + - 1 1 Comm Unit + - 1 2 NAND + - 1 3 PPv2 + - 1 4 SDIO + - 1 5 MG Domain + - 1 6 MG Core + - 1 7 XOR1 + - 1 8 XOR0 + - 1 9 GOP DP + - 1 11 PCIe x1 0 + - 1 12 PCIe x1 1 + - 1 13 PCIe x4 + - 1 14 PCIe / XOR + - 1 15 SATA + - 1 16 SATA USB + - 1 17 Main + - 1 18 SD/MMC + - 1 21 Slow IO (SPI, NOR, BootROM, I2C, UART) + - 1 22 USB3H0 + - 1 23 USB3H1 + - 1 24 USB3 Device + - 1 25 EIP150 + - 1 26 EIP197 + +Required properties: + + - compatible: must be: + "marvell,cp110-system-controller0", "syscon"; + - reg: register area of the CP110 system controller 0 + - #clock-cells: must be set to 2 + - core-clock-output-names must be set to: + "cpm-apll", "cpm-ppv2-core", "cpm-eip", "cpm-core", "cpm-nand-core" + - gate-clock-output-names must be set to: + "cpm-audio", "cpm-communit", "cpm-nand", "cpm-ppv2", "cpm-sdio", + "cpm-mg-domain", "cpm-mg-core", "cpm-xor1", "cpm-xor0", "cpm-gop-dp", "none", + "cpm-pcie_x10", "cpm-pcie_x11", "cpm-pcie_x4", "cpm-pcie-xor", "cpm-sata", + "cpm-sata-usb", "cpm-main", "cpm-sd-mmc", "none", "none", "cpm-slow-io", + "cpm-usb3h0", "cpm-usb3h1", "cpm-usb3dev", "cpm-eip150", "cpm-eip197"; + +Example: + + cpm_syscon0: system-controller@440000 { + compatible = "marvell,cp110-system-controller0", "syscon"; + reg = <0x440000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <2>; + core-clock-output-names = "cpm-apll", "cpm-ppv2-core", "cpm-eip", "cpm-core", "cpm-nand-core"; + gate-clock-output-names = "cpm-audio", "cpm-communit", "cpm-nand", "cpm-ppv2", "cpm-sdio", + "cpm-mg-domain", "cpm-mg-core", "cpm-xor1", "cpm-xor0", "cpm-gop-dp", "none", + "cpm-pcie_x10", "cpm-pcie_x11", "cpm-pcie_x4", "cpm-pcie-xor", "cpm-sata", + "cpm-sata-usb", "cpm-main", "cpm-sd-mmc", "none", "none", "cpm-slow-io", + "cpm-usb3h0", "cpm-usb3h1", "cpm-usb3dev", "cpm-eip150", "cpm-eip197"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt index a9b28d74d902..bb5727ae004a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt @@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ Examples: Consumer: ======== See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt and -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt for further details. +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.txt for +further details. An interrupt consumer on an SoC using crossbar will use: interrupts = <GIC_SPI request_number interrupt_level> diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt index cf649827ffcd..e404e2556b4a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt @@ -6,4 +6,4 @@ few properties of different peripheral controllers. misc node required properties: - compatible Should be "st,spear1340-misc", "syscon". -- reg: Address range of misc space upto 8K +- reg: Address range of misc space up to 8K diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt index b8737a8de718..7334c24625fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ scu: see binding for arm/scu.txt interrupt-controller: - see binding for arm/gic.txt + see binding for interrupt-controller/arm,gic.txt timer: see binding for arm/twd.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/tegra-sata.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/nvidia,tegra124-ahci.txt index 66c83c3e8915..66c83c3e8915 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/tegra-sata.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/nvidia,tegra124-ahci.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/artpec6.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/artpec6.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..dff9cdf0009c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/artpec6.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +* Clock bindings for Axis ARTPEC-6 chip + +The bindings are based on the clock provider binding in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +External clocks: +---------------- + +There are two external inputs to the main clock controller which should be +provided using the common clock bindings. +- "sys_refclk": External 50 Mhz oscillator (required) +- "i2s_refclk": Alternate audio reference clock (optional). + +Main clock controller +--------------------- + +Required properties: +- #clock-cells: Should be <1> + See dt-bindings/clock/axis,artpec6-clkctrl.h for the list of valid identifiers. +- compatible: Should be "axis,artpec6-clkctrl" +- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the system controller +- clocks: Must contain a phandle entry for each clock in clock-names +- clock-names: Must include the external oscillator ("sys_refclk"). Optional + ones are the audio reference clock ("i2s_refclk") and the audio fractional + dividers ("frac_clk0" and "frac_clk1"). + +Examples: + +ext_clk: ext_clk { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-frequency = <50000000>; +}; + +clkctrl: clkctrl@f8000000 { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "axis,artpec6-clkctrl"; + reg = <0xf8000000 0x48>; + clocks = <&ext_clk>; + clock-names = "sys_refclk"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/axs10x-i2s-pll-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/axs10x-i2s-pll-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5ffc8df7e6da --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/axs10x-i2s-pll-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Binding for the AXS10X I2S PLL clock + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible: shall be "snps,axs10x-i2s-pll-clock" +- reg : address and length of the I2S PLL register set. +- clocks: shall be the input parent clock phandle for the PLL. +- #clock-cells: from common clock binding; Should always be set to 0. + +Example: + pll_clock: pll_clock { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-frequency = <27000000>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + + i2s_clock@100a0 { + compatible = "snps,axs10x-i2s-pll-clock"; + reg = <0x100a0 0x10>; + clocks = <&pll_clock>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3519-crg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3519-crg.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..acd1f235d548 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3519-crg.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +* Hisilicon Hi3519 Clock and Reset Generator(CRG) + +The Hi3519 CRG module provides clock and reset signals to various +controllers within the SoC. + +This binding uses the following bindings: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: should be one of the following. + - "hisilicon,hi3519-crg" - controller compatible with Hi3519 SoC. + +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. + +- #clock-cells: should be 1. + +Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier +to specify the clock which they consume. + +All these identifier could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/hi3519-clock.h>. + +- #reset-cells: should be 2. + +A reset signal can be controlled by writing a bit register in the CRG module. +The reset specifier consists of two cells. The first cell represents the +register offset relative to the base address. The second cell represents the +bit index in the register. + +Example: CRG nodes +CRG: clock-reset-controller@12010000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3519-crg"; + reg = <0x12010000 0x10000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <2>; +}; + +Example: consumer nodes +i2c0: i2c@12110000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3519-i2c"; + reg = <0x12110000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&CRG HI3519_I2C0_RST>; + resets = <&CRG 0xe4 0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx35-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx35-clock.txt index a70356452a82..f49783213c56 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx35-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx35-clock.txt @@ -94,6 +94,7 @@ clocks and IDs. csi_sel 79 iim_gate 80 gpu2d_gate 81 + ckli_gate 82 Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-dfll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-dfll.txt index ee7e5fd4a50b..63f9d8277d48 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-dfll.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-dfll.txt @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Required properties for I2C mode: Example: -clock@0,70110000 { +clock@70110000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-dfll"; reg = <0 0x70110000 0 0x100>, /* DFLL control */ <0 0x70110000 0 0x100>, /* I2C output control */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/oxnas,stdclk.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/oxnas,stdclk.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..208cca6ac4ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/oxnas,stdclk.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Oxford Semiconductor OXNAS SoC Family Standard Clocks +================================================ + +Please also refer to clock-bindings.txt in this directory for common clock +bindings usage. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "oxsemi,ox810se-stdclk" +- #clock-cells: 1, see below + +Parent node should have the following properties : +- compatible: Should be "oxsemi,ox810se-sys-ctrl", "syscon", "simple-mfd" + +For OX810SE, the clock indices are : + - 0: LEON + - 1: DMA_SGDMA + - 2: CIPHER + - 3: SATA + - 4: AUDIO + - 5: USBMPH + - 6: ETHA + - 7: PCIA + - 8: NAND + +example: + +sys: sys-ctrl@000000 { + compatible = "oxsemi,ox810se-sys-ctrl", "syscon", "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x000000 0x100000>; + + stdclk: stdclk { + compatible = "oxsemi,ox810se-stdclk"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3188-cru.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3188-cru.txt index 0c2bf5eba43e..7f368530a2e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3188-cru.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3188-cru.txt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Required Properties: Optional Properties: - rockchip,grf: phandle to the syscon managing the "general register files" - If missing pll rates are not changable, due to the missing pll lock status. + If missing pll rates are not changeable, due to the missing pll lock status. Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier to specify the clock which they consume. All available clocks are defined as diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3288-cru.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3288-cru.txt index c9fbb76573e1..8cb47c39ba53 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3288-cru.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3288-cru.txt @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Required Properties: Optional Properties: - rockchip,grf: phandle to the syscon managing the "general register files" - If missing pll rates are not changable, due to the missing pll lock status. + If missing pll rates are not changeable, due to the missing pll lock status. Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier to specify the clock which they consume. All available clocks are defined as diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3399-cru.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3399-cru.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3888dd33fcbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3399-cru.txt @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +* Rockchip RK3399 Clock and Reset Unit + +The RK3399 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various +controllers within the SoC and also implements a reset controller for SoC +peripherals. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: PMU for CRU should be "rockchip,rk3399-pmucru" +- compatible: CRU should be "rockchip,rk3399-cru" +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- #clock-cells: should be 1. +- #reset-cells: should be 1. + +Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier +to specify the clock which they consume. All available clocks are defined as +preprocessor macros in the dt-bindings/clock/rk3399-cru.h headers and can be +used in device tree sources. Similar macros exist for the reset sources in +these files. + +External clocks: + +There are several clocks that are generated outside the SoC. It is expected +that they are defined using standard clock bindings with following +clock-output-names: + - "xin24m" - crystal input - required, + - "xin32k" - rtc clock - optional, + - "clkin_gmac" - external GMAC clock - optional, + - "clkin_i2s" - external I2S clock - optional, + - "pclkin_cif" - external ISP clock - optional, + - "clk_usbphy0_480m" - output clock of the pll in the usbphy0 + - "clk_usbphy1_480m" - output clock of the pll in the usbphy1 + +Example: Clock controller node: + + pmucru: pmu-clock-controller@ff750000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-pmucru"; + reg = <0x0 0xff750000 0x0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; + + cru: clock-controller@ff760000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-cru"; + reg = <0x0 0xff760000 0x0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; + +Example: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock + controller: + + uart0: serial@ff1a0000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-uart", "snps,dw-apb-uart"; + reg = <0x0 0xff180000 0x0 0x100>; + clocks = <&cru SCLK_UART0>, <&cru PCLK_UART0>; + clock-names = "baudclk", "apb_pclk"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 99 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + reg-shift = <2>; + reg-io-width = <4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen.txt index 78978f1f5158..b18bf86f926f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st/st,clkgen.txt @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ address is common of all subnode. }; This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. -Each subnode should use the binding discribe in [2]..[7] +Each subnode should use the binding described in [2]..[7] [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt [2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,clkgen-divmux.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt index 834436fbe83d..8f7619d8c8d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock and PLL4 "allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock on A31 "allwinner,sun8i-a23-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock on A23 + "allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll3-clk" - for the video PLL clock on A10 "allwinner,sun9i-a80-pll4-clk" - for the peripheral PLLs on A80 "allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll5-clk" - for the PLL5 clock "allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll6-clk" - for the PLL6 clock @@ -63,7 +64,9 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-bus-gates-clk" - for the bus gates on A83T "allwinner,sun8i-h3-bus-gates-clk" - for the bus gates on H3 "allwinner,sun9i-a80-apbs-gates-clk" - for the APBS gates on A80 + "allwinner,sun4i-a10-display-clk" - for the display clocks on the A10 "allwinner,sun4i-a10-dram-gates-clk" - for the DRAM gates on A10 + "allwinner,sun5i-a13-dram-gates-clk" - for the DRAM gates on A13 "allwinner,sun5i-a13-mbus-clk" - for the MBUS clock on A13 "allwinner,sun4i-a10-mmc-clk" - for the MMC clock "allwinner,sun9i-a80-mmc-clk" - for mmc module clocks on A80 @@ -73,6 +76,8 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun8i-a23-mbus-clk" - for the MBUS clock on A23 "allwinner,sun7i-a20-out-clk" - for the external output clocks "allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac-clk" - for the GMAC clock module on A20/A31 + "allwinner,sun4i-a10-tcon-ch0-clk" - for the TCON channel 0 clock on the A10 + "allwinner,sun4i-a10-tcon-ch1-clk" - for the TCON channel 1 clock on the A10 "allwinner,sun4i-a10-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A10 / A20 "allwinner,sun5i-a13-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A13 "allwinner,sun6i-a31-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A31 @@ -81,6 +86,7 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-mod-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A80 "allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-phy-clk" - for usb phy gates + resets on A80 "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ve-clk" - for the Video Engine clock + "allwinner,sun6i-a31-display-clk" - for the display clocks Required properties for all clocks: - reg : shall be the control register address for the clock. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/tegra124-cpufreq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/nvidia,tegra124-cpufreq.txt index b1669fbfb740..b1669fbfb740 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/tegra124-cpufreq.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/nvidia,tegra124-cpufreq.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm-vc4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm-vc4.txt index 9f97df4d5152..a5ea451e67fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm-vc4.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm-vc4.txt @@ -35,12 +35,22 @@ Optional properties for HDMI: as an interrupt/status bit in the HDMI controller itself). See bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm2835-gpio.txt +Required properties for DPI: +- compatible: Should be "brcm,bcm2835-dpi" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers +- clocks: a) core: The core clock the unit runs on + b) pixel: The pixel clock that feeds the pixelvalve +- port: Port node with a single endpoint connecting to the panel + device, as defined in [1] + Required properties for V3D: - compatible: Should be "brcm,bcm2835-v3d" - reg: Physical base address and length of the V3D's registers - interrupts: The interrupt number See bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + Example: pixelvalve@7e807000 { compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-pixelvalve2"; @@ -66,6 +76,22 @@ hdmi: hdmi@7e902000 { clock-names = "pixel", "hdmi"; }; +dpi: dpi@7e208000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-dpi"; + reg = <0x7e208000 0x8c>; + clocks = <&clocks BCM2835_CLOCK_VPU>, + <&clocks BCM2835_CLOCK_DPI>; + clock-names = "core", "pixel"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port { + dpi_out: endpoint@0 { + remote-endpoint = <&panel_in>; + }; + }; +}; + v3d: v3d@7ec00000 { compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-v3d"; reg = <0x7ec00000 0x1000>; @@ -75,3 +101,13 @@ v3d: v3d@7ec00000 { vc4: gpu { compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-vc4"; }; + +panel: panel { + compatible = "ontat,yx700wv03", "simple-panel"; + + port { + panel_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dpi_out>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix_dp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix_dp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4f2ba8c13d92 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix_dp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +Analogix Display Port bridge bindings + +Required properties for dp-controller: + -compatible: + platform specific such as: + * "samsung,exynos5-dp" + * "rockchip,rk3288-dp" + -reg: + physical base address of the controller and length + of memory mapped region. + -interrupts: + interrupt combiner values. + -clocks: + from common clock binding: handle to dp clock. + -clock-names: + from common clock binding: Shall be "dp". + -interrupt-parent: + phandle to Interrupt combiner node. + -phys: + from general PHY binding: the phandle for the PHY device. + -phy-names: + from general PHY binding: Should be "dp". + +Optional properties for dp-controller: + -force-hpd: + Indicate driver need force hpd when hpd detect failed, this + is used for some eDP screen which don't have hpd signal. + -hpd-gpios: + Hotplug detect GPIO. + Indicates which GPIO should be used for hotplug detection + -port@[X]: SoC specific port nodes with endpoint definitions as defined + in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt, + please refer to the SoC specific binding document: + * Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dp.txt + * Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/analogix_dp-rockchip.txt + +[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Example: + + dp-controller { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5-dp"; + reg = <0x145b0000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <10 3>; + interrupt-parent = <&combiner>; + clocks = <&clock 342>; + clock-names = "dp"; + + phys = <&dp_phy>; + phy-names = "dp"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos5433-decon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos5433-decon.txt index 377afbf5122a..c9fd7b3807e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos5433-decon.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos5433-decon.txt @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ Exynos series of SoCs which transfers the image data from a video memory buffer to an external LCD interface. Required properties: -- compatible: value should be "samsung,exynos5433-decon"; +- compatible: value should be one of: + "samsung,exynos5433-decon", "samsung,exynos5433-decon-tv"; - reg: physical base address and length of the DECON registers set. - interrupts: should contain a list of all DECON IP block interrupts in the order: VSYNC, LCD_SYSTEM. The interrupt specifier format @@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ Required properties: - clocks: must include clock specifiers corresponding to entries in the clock-names property. - clock-names: list of clock names sorted in the same order as the clocks - property. Must contain "aclk_decon", "aclk_smmu_decon0x", + property. Must contain "pclk", "aclk_decon", "aclk_smmu_decon0x", "aclk_xiu_decon0x", "pclk_smmu_decon0x", clk_decon_vclk", "sclk_decon_eclk" - ports: contains a port which is connected to mic node. address-cells and diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dp.txt index fe4a7a2dea9c..ade5d8eebf85 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dp.txt @@ -1,20 +1,3 @@ -Device-Tree bindings for Samsung Exynos Embedded DisplayPort Transmitter(eDP) - -DisplayPort is industry standard to accommodate the growing board adoption -of digital display technology within the PC and CE industries. -It consolidates the internal and external connection methods to reduce device -complexity and cost. It also supports necessary features for important cross -industry applications and provides performance scalability to enable the next -generation of displays that feature higher color depths, refresh rates, and -display resolutions. - -eDP (embedded display port) device is compliant with Embedded DisplayPort -standard as follows, -- DisplayPort standard 1.1a for Exynos5250 and Exynos5260. -- DisplayPort standard 1.3 for Exynos5422s and Exynos5800. - -eDP resides between FIMD and panel or FIMD and bridge such as LVDS. - The Exynos display port interface should be configured based on the type of panel connected to it. @@ -48,26 +31,6 @@ Required properties for dp-controller: from general PHY binding: the phandle for the PHY device. -phy-names: from general PHY binding: Should be "dp". - -samsung,color-space: - input video data format. - COLOR_RGB = 0, COLOR_YCBCR422 = 1, COLOR_YCBCR444 = 2 - -samsung,dynamic-range: - dynamic range for input video data. - VESA = 0, CEA = 1 - -samsung,ycbcr-coeff: - YCbCr co-efficients for input video. - COLOR_YCBCR601 = 0, COLOR_YCBCR709 = 1 - -samsung,color-depth: - number of bits per colour component. - COLOR_6 = 0, COLOR_8 = 1, COLOR_10 = 2, COLOR_12 = 3 - -samsung,link-rate: - link rate supported by the panel. - LINK_RATE_1_62GBPS = 0x6, LINK_RATE_2_70GBPS = 0x0A - -samsung,lane-count: - number of lanes supported by the panel. - LANE_COUNT1 = 1, LANE_COUNT2 = 2, LANE_COUNT4 = 4 - - display-timings: timings for the connected panel as described by - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/display-timing.txt Optional properties for dp-controller: -interlaced: @@ -83,17 +46,31 @@ Optional properties for dp-controller: Hotplug detect GPIO. Indicates which GPIO should be used for hotplug detection -Video interfaces: - Device node can contain video interface port nodes according to [1]. - The following are properties specific to those nodes: - - endpoint node connected to bridge or panel node: - - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in panel or bridge node. - This node is required in all kinds of exynos dp - to represent the connection between dp and bridge - or dp and panel. - -[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + -video interfaces: Device node can contain video interface port + nodes according to [1]. + - display-timings: timings for the connected panel as described by + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/display-timing.txt + +For the below properties, please refer to Analogix DP binding document: + * Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix_dp.txt + -phys (required) + -phy-names (required) + -hpd-gpios (optional) + force-hpd (optional) + +Deprecated properties for DisplayPort: +-interlaced: deprecated prop that can parsed from drm_display_mode. +-vsync-active-high: deprecated prop that can parsed from drm_display_mode. +-hsync-active-high: deprecated prop that can parsed from drm_display_mode. +-samsung,ycbcr-coeff: deprecated prop that can parsed from drm_display_mode. +-samsung,dynamic-range: deprecated prop that can parsed from drm_display_mode. +-samsung,color-space: deprecated prop that can parsed from drm_display_info. +-samsung,color-depth: deprecated prop that can parsed from drm_display_info. +-samsung,link-rate: deprecated prop that can reading from monitor by dpcd method. +-samsung,lane-count: deprecated prop that can reading from monitor by dpcd method. +-samsung,hpd-gpio: deprecated name for hpd-gpios. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Example: @@ -112,13 +89,6 @@ SOC specific portion: Board Specific portion: dp-controller { - samsung,color-space = <0>; - samsung,dynamic-range = <0>; - samsung,ycbcr-coeff = <0>; - samsung,color-depth = <1>; - samsung,link-rate = <0x0a>; - samsung,lane-count = <4>; - display-timings { native-mode = <&lcd_timing>; lcd_timing: 1366x768 { @@ -135,18 +105,9 @@ Board Specific portion: }; ports { - port { + port@0 { dp_out: endpoint { - remote-endpoint = <&dp_in>; - }; - }; - }; - - panel { - ... - port { - dp_in: endpoint { - remote-endpoint = <&dp_out>; + remote-endpoint = <&bridge_in>; }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt index 22756b3dede2..a78265993665 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Video interfaces: endpoint node connected from mic node (reg = 0): - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in mic node. This node is required for Exynos5433 mipi dsi. So mic can access to panel node - thoughout this dsi node. + throughout this dsi node. endpoint node connected to panel node (reg = 1): - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in panel node. This node is required in all kinds of exynos mipi dsi to represent diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_hdmi.txt index d474f59be6d6..a2ec4c1c9382 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_hdmi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_hdmi.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties: 1) "samsung,exynos4210-hdmi" 2) "samsung,exynos4212-hdmi" 3) "samsung,exynos5420-hdmi" + 4) "samsung,exynos5433-hdmi" - reg: physical base address of the hdmi and length of memory mapped region. - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu. @@ -12,6 +13,11 @@ Required properties: a) phandle of the gpio controller node. b) pin number within the gpio controller. c) optional flags and pull up/down. +- ddc: phandle to the hdmi ddc node +- phy: phandle to the hdmi phy node +- samsung,syscon-phandle: phandle for system controller node for PMU. + +Required properties for Exynos 4210, 4212, 5420 and 5433: - clocks: list of clock IDs from SoC clock driver. a) hdmi: Gate of HDMI IP bus clock. b) sclk_hdmi: Gate of HDMI special clock. @@ -25,9 +31,24 @@ Required properties: sclk_pixel. - clock-names: aliases as per driver requirements for above clock IDs: "hdmi", "sclk_hdmi", "sclk_pixel", "sclk_hdmiphy" and "mout_hdmi". -- ddc: phandle to the hdmi ddc node -- phy: phandle to the hdmi phy node -- samsung,syscon-phandle: phandle for system controller node for PMU. + +Required properties for Exynos 5433: +- clocks: list of clock specifiers according to common clock bindings. + a) hdmi_pclk: Gate of HDMI IP APB bus. + b) hdmi_i_pclk: Gate of HDMI-PHY IP APB bus. + d) i_tmds_clk: Gate of HDMI TMDS clock. + e) i_pixel_clk: Gate of HDMI pixel clock. + f) i_spdif_clk: Gate of HDMI SPDIF clock. + g) oscclk: Oscillator clock, used as parent of following *_user clocks + in case HDMI-PHY is not operational. + h) tmds_clko: TMDS clock generated by HDMI-PHY. + i) tmds_clko_user: MUX used to switch between oscclk and tmds_clko, + respectively if HDMI-PHY is off and operational. + j) pixel_clko: Pixel clock generated by HDMI-PHY. + k) pixel_clko_user: MUX used to switch between oscclk and pixel_clko, + respectively if HDMI-PHY is off and operational. +- clock-names: aliases for above clock specfiers. +- samsung,sysreg: handle to syscon used to control the system registers. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/fsl,dcu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/fsl,dcu.txt index ebf1be9ae393..ae55cde1b69e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/fsl,dcu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/fsl,dcu.txt @@ -6,17 +6,24 @@ Required properties: * "fsl,vf610-dcu". - reg: Address and length of the register set for dcu. -- clocks: From common clock binding: handle to dcu clock. -- clock-names: From common clock binding: Shall be "dcu". +- clocks: Handle to "dcu" and "pix" clock (in the order below) + This can be the same clock (e.g. LS1021a) + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: Should be "dcu" and "pix" + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - big-endian Boolean property, LS1021A DCU registers are big-endian. - fsl,panel: The phandle to panel node. +Optional properties: +- fsl,tcon: The phandle to the timing controller node. + Examples: dcu: dcu@2ce0000 { compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-dcu"; reg = <0x0 0x2ce0000 0x0 0x10000>; - clocks = <&platform_clk 0>; - clock-names = "dcu"; + clocks = <&platform_clk 0>, <&platform_clk 0>; + clock-names = "dcu", "pix"; big-endian; fsl,panel = <&panel>; + fsl,tcon = <&tcon>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/fsl,tcon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/fsl,tcon.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6fa4ab668db5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/fsl,tcon.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Device Tree bindings for Freescale TCON Driver + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be one of + * "fsl,vf610-tcon". + +- reg: Address and length of the register set for tcon. +- clocks: From common clock binding: handle to tcon ipg clock. +- clock-names: From common clock binding: Shall be "ipg". + +Examples: +timing-controller@4003d000 { + compatible = "fsl,vf610-tcon"; + reg = <0x4003d000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_TCON0>; + clock-names = "ipg"; + status = "okay"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/hisilicon/dw-dsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/hisilicon/dw-dsi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d270bfe4e4e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/hisilicon/dw-dsi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for DesignWare DSI Host Controller v1.20a driver + +A DSI Host Controller resides in the middle of display controller and external +HDMI converter or panel. + +Required properties: +- compatible: value should be "hisilicon,hi6220-dsi". +- reg: physical base address and length of dsi controller's registers. +- clocks: contains APB clock phandle + clock-specifier pair. +- clock-names: should be "pclk". +- ports: contains DSI controller input and output sub port. + The input port connects to ADE output port with the reg value "0". + The output port with the reg value "1", it could connect to panel or + any other bridge endpoints. + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt for more device graph info. + +A example of HiKey board hi6220 SoC and board specific DT entry: +Example: + +SoC specific: + dsi: dsi@f4107800 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-dsi"; + reg = <0x0 0xf4107800 0x0 0x100>; + clocks = <&media_ctrl HI6220_DSI_PCLK>; + clock-names = "pclk"; + status = "disabled"; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + /* 0 for input port */ + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + dsi_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ade_out>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + + +Board specific: + &dsi { + status = "ok"; + + ports { + /* 1 for output port */ + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + + dsi_out0: endpoint@0 { + remote-endpoint = <&adv7533_in>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + + &i2c2 { + ... + + adv7533: adv7533@39 { + ... + + port { + adv7533_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi_out0>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/hisilicon/hisi-ade.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/hisilicon/hisi-ade.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..38dc9d60eef8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/hisilicon/hisi-ade.txt @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for hisilicon ADE display controller driver + +ADE (Advanced Display Engine) is the display controller which grab image +data from memory, do composition, do post image processing, generate RGB +timing stream and transfer to DSI. + +Required properties: +- compatible: value should be "hisilicon,hi6220-ade". +- reg: physical base address and length of the ADE controller's registers. +- hisilicon,noc-syscon: ADE NOC QoS syscon. +- resets: The ADE reset controller node. +- interrupt: the ldi vblank interrupt number used. +- clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry + in clock-names. +- clock-names: should contain: + "clk_ade_core" for the ADE core clock. + "clk_codec_jpeg" for the media NOC QoS clock, which use the same clock with + jpeg codec. + "clk_ade_pix" for the ADE pixel clok. +- assigned-clocks: Should contain "clk_ade_core" and "clk_codec_jpeg" clocks' + phandle + clock-specifier pairs. +- assigned-clock-rates: clock rates, one for each entry in assigned-clocks. + The rate of "clk_ade_core" could be "360000000" or "180000000"; + The rate of "clk_codec_jpeg" could be or less than "1440000000". + These rate values could be configured according to performance and power + consumption. +- port: the output port. This contains one endpoint subnode, with its + remote-endpoint set to the phandle of the connected DSI input endpoint. + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt for more device graph info. + +Optional properties: +- dma-coherent: Present if dma operations are coherent. + + +A example of HiKey board hi6220 SoC specific DT entry: +Example: + + ade: ade@f4100000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-ade"; + reg = <0x0 0xf4100000 0x0 0x7800>; + reg-names = "ade_base"; + hisilicon,noc-syscon = <&medianoc_ade>; + resets = <&media_ctrl MEDIA_ADE>; + interrupts = <0 115 4>; /* ldi interrupt */ + + clocks = <&media_ctrl HI6220_ADE_CORE>, + <&media_ctrl HI6220_CODEC_JPEG>, + <&media_ctrl HI6220_ADE_PIX_SRC>; + /*clock name*/ + clock-names = "clk_ade_core", + "clk_codec_jpeg", + "clk_ade_pix"; + + assigned-clocks = <&media_ctrl HI6220_ADE_CORE>, + <&media_ctrl HI6220_CODEC_JPEG>; + assigned-clock-rates = <360000000>, <288000000>; + dma-coherent; + + port { + ade_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi_in>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/imx/ldb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/imx/ldb.txt index 0a175d991b52..a407462c885e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/imx/ldb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/imx/ldb.txt @@ -62,6 +62,7 @@ Required properties: display-timings are used instead. Optional properties (required if display-timings are used): + - ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing - display-timings : A node that describes the display timings as defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/display-timing.txt. - fsl,data-mapping : should be "spwg" or "jeida" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,disp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,disp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..db6e77edbea8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,disp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +Mediatek display subsystem +========================== + +The Mediatek display subsystem consists of various DISP function blocks in the +MMSYS register space. The connections between them can be configured by output +and input selectors in the MMSYS_CONFIG register space. Pixel clock and start +of frame signal are distributed to the other function blocks by a DISP_MUTEX +function block. + +All DISP device tree nodes must be siblings to the central MMSYS_CONFIG node. +For a description of the MMSYS_CONFIG binding, see +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt. + +DISP function blocks +==================== + +A display stream starts at a source function block that reads pixel data from +memory and ends with a sink function block that drives pixels on a display +interface, or writes pixels back to memory. All DISP function blocks have +their own register space, interrupt, and clock gate. The blocks that can +access memory additionally have to list the IOMMU and local arbiter they are +connected to. + +For a description of the display interface sink function blocks, see +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.txt and +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dpi.txt. + +Required properties (all function blocks): +- compatible: "mediatek,<chip>-disp-<function>", one of + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-ovl" - overlay (4 layers, blending, csc) + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-rdma" - read DMA / line buffer + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-wdma" - write DMA + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-color" - color processor + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-aal" - adaptive ambient light controller + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-gamma" - gamma correction + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-merge" - merge streams from two RDMA sources + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-split" - split stream to two encoders + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-ufoe" - data compression engine + "mediatek,<chip>-dsi" - DSI controller, see mediatek,dsi.txt + "mediatek,<chip>-dpi" - DPI controller, see mediatek,dpi.txt + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-mutex" - display mutex + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-od" - overdrive +- reg: Physical base address and length of the function block register space +- interrupts: The interrupt signal from the function block (required, except for + merge and split function blocks). +- clocks: device clocks + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt for details. + For most function blocks this is just a single clock input. Only the DSI and + DPI controller nodes have multiple clock inputs. These are documented in + mediatek,dsi.txt and mediatek,dpi.txt, respectively. + +Required properties (DMA function blocks): +- compatible: Should be one of + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-ovl" + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-rdma" + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-wdma" +- larb: Should contain a phandle pointing to the local arbiter device as defined + in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mediatek,smi-larb.txt +- iommus: Should point to the respective IOMMU block with master port as + argument, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt + for details. + +Examples: + +mmsys: clock-controller@14000000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-mmsys", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x14000000 0 0x1000>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; + +ovl0: ovl@1400c000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-ovl"; + reg = <0 0x1400c000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 180 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_OVL0>; + iommus = <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_OVL0>; + mediatek,larb = <&larb0>; +}; + +ovl1: ovl@1400d000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-ovl"; + reg = <0 0x1400d000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 181 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_OVL1>; + iommus = <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_OVL1>; + mediatek,larb = <&larb4>; +}; + +rdma0: rdma@1400e000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-rdma"; + reg = <0 0x1400e000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 182 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_RDMA0>; + iommus = <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_RDMA0>; + mediatek,larb = <&larb0>; +}; + +rdma1: rdma@1400f000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-rdma"; + reg = <0 0x1400f000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 183 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_RDMA1>; + iommus = <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_RDMA1>; + mediatek,larb = <&larb4>; +}; + +rdma2: rdma@14010000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-rdma"; + reg = <0 0x14010000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 184 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_RDMA2>; + iommus = <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_RDMA2>; + mediatek,larb = <&larb4>; +}; + +wdma0: wdma@14011000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-wdma"; + reg = <0 0x14011000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 185 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_WDMA0>; + iommus = <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_WDMA0>; + mediatek,larb = <&larb0>; +}; + +wdma1: wdma@14012000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-wdma"; + reg = <0 0x14012000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 186 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_WDMA1>; + iommus = <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_WDMA1>; + mediatek,larb = <&larb4>; +}; + +color0: color@14013000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-color"; + reg = <0 0x14013000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 187 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_COLOR0>; +}; + +color1: color@14014000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-color"; + reg = <0 0x14014000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 188 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_COLOR1>; +}; + +aal@14015000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-aal"; + reg = <0 0x14015000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 189 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_AAL>; +}; + +gamma@14016000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-gamma"; + reg = <0 0x14016000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 190 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_GAMMA>; +}; + +ufoe@1401a000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-ufoe"; + reg = <0 0x1401a000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 191 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_UFOE>; +}; + +dsi0: dsi@1401b000 { + /* See mediatek,dsi.txt for details */ +}; + +dpi0: dpi@1401d000 { + /* See mediatek,dpi.txt for details */ +}; + +mutex: mutex@14020000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-mutex"; + reg = <0 0x14020000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 169 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_MUTEX_32K>; +}; + +od@14023000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp-od"; + reg = <0 0x14023000 0 0x1000>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_OD>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dpi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dpi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b6a7e7397b8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dpi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Mediatek DPI Device +=================== + +The Mediatek DPI function block is a sink of the display subsystem and +provides 8-bit RGB/YUV444 or 8/10/10-bit YUV422 pixel data on a parallel +output bus. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "mediatek,<chip>-dpi" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers +- interrupts: The interrupt signal from the function block. +- clocks: device clocks + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: must contain "pixel", "engine", and "pll" +- port: Output port node with endpoint definitions as described in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. This port should be connected + to the input port of an attached HDMI or LVDS encoder chip. + +Example: + +dpi0: dpi@1401d000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-dpi"; + reg = <0 0x1401d000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 194 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DPI_PIXEL>, + <&mmsys CLK_MM_DPI_ENGINE>, + <&apmixedsys CLK_APMIXED_TVDPLL>; + clock-names = "pixel", "engine", "pll"; + + port { + dpi0_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&hdmi0_in>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2b1585a34b85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Mediatek DSI Device +=================== + +The Mediatek DSI function block is a sink of the display subsystem and can +drive up to 4-lane MIPI DSI output. Two DSIs can be synchronized for dual- +channel output. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "mediatek,<chip>-dsi" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers +- interrupts: The interrupt signal from the function block. +- clocks: device clocks + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: must contain "engine", "digital", and "hs" +- phys: phandle link to the MIPI D-PHY controller. +- phy-names: must contain "dphy" +- port: Output port node with endpoint definitions as described in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. This port should be connected + to the input port of an attached DSI panel or DSI-to-eDP encoder chip. + +MIPI TX Configuration Module +============================ + +The MIPI TX configuration module controls the MIPI D-PHY. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "mediatek,<chip>-mipi-tx" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers +- clocks: PLL reference clock +- clock-output-names: name of the output clock line to the DSI encoder +- #clock-cells: must be <0>; +- #phy-cells: must be <0>. + +Example: + +mipi_tx0: mipi-dphy@10215000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-mipi-tx"; + reg = <0 0x10215000 0 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clk26m>; + clock-output-names = "mipi_tx0_pll"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + #phy-cells = <0>; +}; + +dsi0: dsi@1401b000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-dsi"; + reg = <0 0x1401b000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 192 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + clocks = <&mmsys MM_DSI0_ENGINE>, <&mmsys MM_DSI0_DIGITAL>, + <&mipi_tx0>; + clock-names = "engine", "digital", "hs"; + phys = <&mipi_tx0>; + phy-names = "dphy"; + + port { + dsi0_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&panel_in>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,at070tn92.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,at070tn92.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3e10cd782491 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,at070tn92.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Innolux AT070TN92 7.0" WQVGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "innolux,at070tn92" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/olimex,lcd-olinuxino-43-ts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/olimex,lcd-olinuxino-43-ts.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..74540a090669 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/olimex,lcd-olinuxino-43-ts.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Olimex 4.3" TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "olimex,lcd-olinuxino-43-ts" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ontat,yx700wv03.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ontat,yx700wv03.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3d8a5e029242 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ontat,yx700wv03.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +On Tat Industrial Company 7" DPI TFT panel. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "ontat,yx700wv03" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpk,f07a-0102.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpk,f07a-0102.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a2613b9675df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpk,f07a-0102.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +TPK U.S.A. LLC Fusion 7" integrated projected capacitive touch display with, +800 x 480 (WVGA) LCD panel. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "tpk,f07a-0102" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpk,f10a-0102.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpk,f10a-0102.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b9d051196ba9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpk,f10a-0102.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +TPK U.S.A. LLC Fusion 10.1" integrated projected capacitive touch display with, +1024 x 600 (WSVGA) LCD panel. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "tpk,f10a-0102" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/analogix_dp-rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/analogix_dp-rockchip.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e832ff98fd61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/analogix_dp-rockchip.txt @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +Rockchip RK3288 specific extensions to the Analogix Display Port +================================ + +Required properties: +- compatible: "rockchip,rk3288-edp"; + +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length + +- clocks: from common clock binding: handle to dp clock. + of memory mapped region. + +- clock-names: from common clock binding: + Required elements: "dp" "pclk" + +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + +- pinctrl-names: Names corresponding to the chip hotplug pinctrl states. +- pinctrl-0: pin-control mode. should be <&edp_hpd> + +- reset-names: Must include the name "dp" + +- rockchip,grf: this soc should set GRF regs, so need get grf here. + +- ports: there are 2 port nodes with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + Port 0: contained 2 endpoints, connecting to the output of vop. + Port 1: contained 1 endpoint, connecting to the input of panel. + +For the below properties, please refer to Analogix DP binding document: + * Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/bridge/analogix_dp.txt +- phys (required) +- phy-names (required) +- hpd-gpios (optional) +- force-hpd (optional) +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Example: + dp-controller: dp@ff970000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-dp"; + reg = <0xff970000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 98 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&cru SCLK_EDP>, <&cru PCLK_EDP_CTRL>; + clock-names = "dp", "pclk"; + phys = <&dp_phy>; + phy-names = "dp"; + + rockchip,grf = <&grf>; + resets = <&cru 111>; + reset-names = "dp"; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&edp_hpd>; + + status = "disabled"; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + edp_in: port@0 { + reg = <0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + edp_in_vopb: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&vopb_out_edp>; + }; + edp_in_vopl: endpoint@1 { + reg = <1>; + remote-endpoint = <&vopl_out_edp>; + }; + }; + + edp_out: port@1 { + reg = <1>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + edp_out_panel: endpoint { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&panel_in_edp> + }; + }; + }; + }; + + pinctrl { + edp { + edp_hpd: edp-hpd { + rockchip,pins = <7 11 RK_FUNC_2 &pcfg_pull_none>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/snps,arcpgu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/snps,arcpgu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c5c7dfd37df2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/snps,arcpgu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +ARC PGU + +This is a display controller found on several development boards produced +by Synopsys. The ARC PGU is an RGB streamer that reads the data from a +framebuffer and sends it to a single digital encoder (usually HDMI). + +Required properties: + - compatible: "snps,arcpgu" + - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. + - clocks: A list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each + entry in 'clock-names'. + - clock-names: A list of clock names. For ARC PGU it should contain: + - "pxlclk" for the clock feeding the output PLL of the controller. + +Required sub-nodes: + - port: The PGU connection to an encoder chip. + +Example: + +/ { + ... + + pgu@XXXXXXXX { + compatible = "snps,arcpgu"; + reg = <0xXXXXXXXX 0x400>; + clocks = <&clock_node>; + clock-names = "pxlclk"; + + port { + pgu_output: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_enc_input>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df8f4aeefe4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +Allwinner A10 Display Pipeline +============================== + +The Allwinner A10 Display pipeline is composed of several components +that are going to be documented below: + +TV Encoder +---------- + +The TV Encoder supports the composite and VGA output. It is one end of +the pipeline. + +Required properties: + - compatible: value should be "allwinner,sun4i-a10-tv-encoder". + - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region + - clocks: the clocks driving the TV encoder + - resets: phandle to the reset controller driving the encoder + +- ports: A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. The + first port should be the input endpoint. + +TCON +---- + +The TCON acts as a timing controller for RGB, LVDS and TV interfaces. + +Required properties: + - compatible: value should be "allwinner,sun5i-a13-tcon". + - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region + - interrupts: interrupt associated to this IP + - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the TCON. Three are needed: + - 'ahb': the interface clocks + - 'tcon-ch0': The clock driving the TCON channel 0 + - 'tcon-ch1': The clock driving the TCON channel 1 + - resets: phandles to the reset controllers driving the encoder + - "lcd": the reset line for the TCON channel 0 + + - clock-names: the clock names mentioned above + - reset-names: the reset names mentioned above + - clock-output-names: Name of the pixel clock created + +- ports: A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. The + first port should be the input endpoint, the second one the output + + The output should have two endpoints. The first is the block + connected to the TCON channel 0 (usually a panel or a bridge), the + second the block connected to the TCON channel 1 (usually the TV + encoder) + + +Display Engine Backend +---------------------- + +The display engine backend exposes layers and sprites to the +system. + +Required properties: + - compatible: value must be one of: + * allwinner,sun5i-a13-display-backend + - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region. + - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the frontend and backend + * ahb: the backend interface clock + * mod: the backend module clock + * ram: the backend DRAM clock + - clock-names: the clock names mentioned above + - resets: phandles to the reset controllers driving the backend + +- ports: A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. The + first port should be the input endpoints, the second one the output + +Display Engine Frontend +----------------------- + +The display engine frontend does formats conversion, scaling, +deinterlacing and color space conversion. + +Required properties: + - compatible: value must be one of: + * allwinner,sun5i-a13-display-frontend + - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region. + - interrupts: interrupt associated to this IP + - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the frontend and backend + * ahb: the backend interface clock + * mod: the backend module clock + * ram: the backend DRAM clock + - clock-names: the clock names mentioned above + - resets: phandles to the reset controllers driving the backend + +- ports: A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. The + first port should be the input endpoints, the second one the outputs + + +Display Engine Pipeline +----------------------- + +The display engine pipeline (and its entry point, since it can be +either directly the backend or the frontend) is represented as an +extra node. + +Required properties: + - compatible: value must be one of: + * allwinner,sun5i-a13-display-engine + + - allwinner,pipelines: list of phandle to the display engine + frontends available. + +Example: + +panel: panel { + compatible = "olimex,lcd-olinuxino-43-ts"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + panel_input: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&tcon0_out_panel>; + }; + }; +}; + +tve0: tv-encoder@01c0a000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-tv-encoder"; + reg = <0x01c0a000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&ahb_gates 34>; + resets = <&tcon_ch0_clk 0>; + + port { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + tve0_in_tcon0: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&tcon0_out_tve0>; + }; + }; +}; + +tcon0: lcd-controller@1c0c000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun5i-a13-tcon"; + reg = <0x01c0c000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <44>; + resets = <&tcon_ch0_clk 1>; + reset-names = "lcd"; + clocks = <&ahb_gates 36>, + <&tcon_ch0_clk>, + <&tcon_ch1_clk>; + clock-names = "ahb", + "tcon-ch0", + "tcon-ch1"; + clock-output-names = "tcon-pixel-clock"; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + tcon0_in: port@0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0>; + + tcon0_in_be0: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&be0_out_tcon0>; + }; + }; + + tcon0_out: port@1 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <1>; + + tcon0_out_panel: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&panel_input>; + }; + + tcon0_out_tve0: endpoint@1 { + reg = <1>; + remote-endpoint = <&tve0_in_tcon0>; + }; + }; + }; +}; + +fe0: display-frontend@1e00000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun5i-a13-display-frontend"; + reg = <0x01e00000 0x20000>; + interrupts = <47>; + clocks = <&ahb_gates 46>, <&de_fe_clk>, + <&dram_gates 25>; + clock-names = "ahb", "mod", + "ram"; + resets = <&de_fe_clk>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + fe0_out: port@1 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <1>; + + fe0_out_be0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&be0_in_fe0>; + }; + }; + }; +}; + +be0: display-backend@1e60000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun5i-a13-display-backend"; + reg = <0x01e60000 0x10000>; + clocks = <&ahb_gates 44>, <&de_be_clk>, + <&dram_gates 26>; + clock-names = "ahb", "mod", + "ram"; + resets = <&de_be_clk>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + be0_in: port@0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0>; + + be0_in_fe0: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&fe0_out_be0>; + }; + }; + + be0_out: port@1 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <1>; + + be0_out_tcon0: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&tcon0_in_be0>; + }; + }; + }; +}; + +display-engine { + compatible = "allwinner,sun5i-a13-display-engine"; + allwinner,pipelines = <&fe0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt index 1396078d15ac..baf9b34d20bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt @@ -12,6 +12,10 @@ Required properties: - reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. - interrupts: Should contain the DMA interrupts associated to the DMA channels in ascending order. +- interrupt-names: Should contain the names of the interrupt + in the form "dmaXX". + Use "dma-shared-all" for the common interrupt line + that is shared by all dma channels. - #dma-cells: Must be <1>, the cell in the dmas property of the client device represents the DREQ number. - brcm,dma-channel-mask: Bit mask representing the channels @@ -34,13 +38,35 @@ dma: dma@7e007000 { <1 24>, <1 25>, <1 26>, + /* dma channel 11-14 share one irq */ <1 27>, + <1 27>, + <1 27>, + <1 27>, + /* unused shared irq for all channels */ <1 28>; + interrupt-names = "dma0", + "dma1", + "dma2", + "dma3", + "dma4", + "dma5", + "dma6", + "dma7", + "dma8", + "dma9", + "dma10", + "dma11", + "dma12", + "dma13", + "dma14", + "dma-shared-all"; #dma-cells = <1>; brcm,dma-channel-mask = <0x7f35>; }; + DMA clients connected to the BCM2835 DMA controller must use the format described in the dma.txt file, using a two-cell specifier for each channel. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt index 276ef815ef32..c075f5988135 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ * Marvell XOR engines Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "marvell,orion-xor" or "marvell,armada-380-xor" +- compatible: Should be one of the following: + - "marvell,orion-xor" + - "marvell,armada-380-xor" + - "marvell,armada-3700-xor". - reg: Should contain registers location and length (two sets) the first set is the low registers, the second set the high registers for the XOR engine. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra20-apbdma.txt index c6908e7c42cc..c6908e7c42cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra20-apbdma.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra210-adma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra210-adma.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1e1dc8f972e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra210-adma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +* NVIDIA Tegra Audio DMA (ADMA) controller + +The Tegra Audio DMA controller that is used for transferring data +between system memory and the Audio Processing Engine (APE). + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be "nvidia,tegra210-adma". +- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. This should be + a single entry that includes all of the per-channel registers in one + contiguous bank. +- interrupt-parent: Phandle to the interrupt parent controller. +- interrupts: Should contain all of the per-channel DMA interrupts in + ascending order with respect to the DMA channel index. +- clocks: Must contain one entry for the ADMA module clock + (TEGRA210_CLK_D_AUDIO). +- clock-names: Must contain the name "d_audio" for the corresponding + 'clocks' entry. +- #dma-cells : Must be 1. The first cell denotes the receive/transmit + request number and should be between 1 and the maximum number of + requests supported. This value corresponds to the RX/TX_REQUEST_SELECT + fields in the ADMA_CHn_CTRL register. + + +Example: + +adma: dma@702e2000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-adma"; + reg = <0x0 0x702e2000 0x0 0x2000>; + interrupt-parent = <&tegra_agic>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 24 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 25 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 26 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 27 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 28 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 29 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 30 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 31 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 32 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 33 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 34 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 35 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 36 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 37 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 38 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 40 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 41 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 42 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 43 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 44 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 45 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_D_AUDIO>; + clock-names = "d_audio"; + #dma-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt index 1c9d48ea4914..9cbf5d9df8fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ Required properties: - clock-names: must contain "bam_clk" entry - qcom,ee : indicates the active Execution Environment identifier (0-7) used in the secure world. +- qcom,controlled-remotely : optional, indicates that the bam is controlled by + remote proccessor i.e. execution environment. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt index c261598164a7..0f5583293c9c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt @@ -13,6 +13,11 @@ Required properties: - chan_priority: priority of channels. 0 (default): increase from chan 0->n, 1: increase from chan n->0 - block_size: Maximum block size supported by the controller +- data-width: Maximum data width supported by hardware per AHB master + (in bytes, power of 2) + + +Deprecated properties: - data_width: Maximum data width supported by hardware per AHB master (0 - 8bits, 1 - 16bits, ..., 5 - 256bits) @@ -38,7 +43,7 @@ Example: chan_allocation_order = <1>; chan_priority = <1>; block_size = <0xfff>; - data_width = <3 3>; + data-width = <8 8>; }; DMA clients connected to the Designware DMA controller must use the format @@ -47,8 +52,8 @@ The four cells in order are: 1. A phandle pointing to the DMA controller 2. The DMA request line number -3. Source master for transfers on allocated channel -4. Destination master for transfers on allocated channel +3. Memory master for transfers on allocated channel +4. Peripheral master for transfers on allocated channel Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt index 2291c4098730..3cf0072d3141 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "xlnx,axi-dma-1.00.a" - #dma-cells: Should be <1>, see "dmas" property below - reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. -- dma-channel child node: Should have atleast one channel and can have upto +- dma-channel child node: Should have at least one channel and can have up to two channels per device. This node specifies the properties of each DMA channel (see child node properties below). diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_vdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_vdma.txt index e4c4d47f8137..a1f2683c49bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_vdma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_vdma.txt @@ -3,18 +3,44 @@ It can be configured to have one channel or two channels. If configured as two channels, one is to transmit to the video device and another is to receive from the video device. +Xilinx AXI DMA engine, it does transfers between memory and AXI4 stream +target devices. It can be configured to have one channel or two channels. +If configured as two channels, one is to transmit to the device and another +is to receive from the device. + +Xilinx AXI CDMA engine, it does transfers between memory-mapped source +address and a memory-mapped destination address. + Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "xlnx,axi-vdma-1.00.a" +- compatible: Should be "xlnx,axi-vdma-1.00.a" or "xlnx,axi-dma-1.00.a" or + "xlnx,axi-cdma-1.00.a"" - #dma-cells: Should be <1>, see "dmas" property below - reg: Should contain VDMA registers location and length. -- xlnx,num-fstores: Should be the number of framebuffers as configured in h/w. +- xlnx,addrwidth: Should be the vdma addressing size in bits(ex: 32 bits). +- dma-ranges: Should be as the following <dma_addr cpu_addr max_len>. - dma-channel child node: Should have at least one channel and can have up to two channels per device. This node specifies the properties of each DMA channel (see child node properties below). +- clocks: Input clock specifier. Refer to common clock bindings. +- clock-names: List of input clocks + For VDMA: + Required elements: "s_axi_lite_aclk" + Optional elements: "m_axi_mm2s_aclk" "m_axi_s2mm_aclk", + "m_axis_mm2s_aclk", "s_axis_s2mm_aclk" + For CDMA: + Required elements: "s_axi_lite_aclk", "m_axi_aclk" + FOR AXIDMA: + Required elements: "s_axi_lite_aclk" + Optional elements: "m_axi_mm2s_aclk", "m_axi_s2mm_aclk", + "m_axi_sg_aclk" + +Required properties for VDMA: +- xlnx,num-fstores: Should be the number of framebuffers as configured in h/w. Optional properties: - xlnx,include-sg: Tells configured for Scatter-mode in the hardware. +Optional properties for VDMA: - xlnx,flush-fsync: Tells which channel to Flush on Frame sync. It takes following values: {1}, flush both channels @@ -31,6 +57,7 @@ Required child node properties: Optional child node properties: - xlnx,include-dre: Tells hardware is configured for Data Realignment Engine. +Optional child node properties for VDMA: - xlnx,genlock-mode: Tells Genlock synchronization is enabled/disabled in hardware. @@ -41,8 +68,13 @@ axi_vdma_0: axivdma@40030000 { compatible = "xlnx,axi-vdma-1.00.a"; #dma_cells = <1>; reg = < 0x40030000 0x10000 >; + dma-ranges = <0x00000000 0x00000000 0x40000000>; xlnx,num-fstores = <0x8>; xlnx,flush-fsync = <0x1>; + xlnx,addrwidth = <0x20>; + clocks = <&clk 0>, <&clk 1>, <&clk 2>, <&clk 3>, <&clk 4>; + clock-names = "s_axi_lite_aclk", "m_axi_mm2s_aclk", "m_axi_s2mm_aclk", + "m_axis_mm2s_aclk", "s_axis_s2mm_aclk"; dma-channel@40030000 { compatible = "xlnx,axi-vdma-mm2s-channel"; interrupts = < 0 54 4 >; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/ibm,ppc4xx-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/ibm,ppc4xx-gpio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d58b3958f3ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/ibm,ppc4xx-gpio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +* IBM/AMCC/APM GPIO Controller for PowerPC 4XX series and compatible SoCs + +All GPIOs are pin-shared with other functions. DCRs control whether a +particular pin that has GPIO capabilities acts as a GPIO or is used for +another purpose. GPIO outputs are separately programmable to emulate +an open-drain driver. + +Required properties: + - compatible: must be "ibm,ppc4xx-gpio" + - reg: address and length of the register set for the device + - #gpio-cells: must be set to 2. The first cell is the pin number + and the second cell is used to specify the gpio polarity: + 0 = active high + 1 = active low + - gpio-controller: marks the device node as a gpio controller. + +Example: + +GPIO0: gpio@ef600b00 { + compatible = "ibm,ppc4xx-gpio"; + reg = <0xef600b00 0x00000048>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/microchip,pic32-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/microchip,pic32-gpio.txt index ef3752889496..dd031fc93b55 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/microchip,pic32-gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/microchip,pic32-gpio.txt @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ gpio0: gpio0@1f860000 { gpio-controller; interrupt-controller; #interrupt-cells = <2>; - clocks = <&PBCLK4>; + clocks = <&rootclk PB4CLK>; microchip,gpio-bank = <0>; gpio-ranges = <&pic32_pinctrl 0 0 16>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-octeon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-octeon.txt index dced82ebe31d..872d485dffab 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-octeon.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-octeon.txt @@ -4,6 +4,12 @@ Compatibility with all cn3XXX, cn5XXX and cn6XXX SOCs. + or + + compatible: "cavium,octeon-7890-twsi" + + Compatibility with cn78XX SOCs. + - reg: The base address of the TWSI/I2C bus controller register bank. - #address-cells: Must be <1>. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt index cf8bfc956cdc..5f0cb502b1db 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt @@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ Optional properties: - clock-frequency: desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. The absence of this property indicates the default frequency 100 kHz. - clocks: clock specifier. +- dmas: Must contain a list of two references to DMA specifiers, one for + transmission, and one for reception. +- dma-names: Must contain a list of two DMA names, "tx" and "rx". - i2c-scl-falling-time-ns: see i2c.txt - i2c-scl-internal-delay-ns: see i2c.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt index 165937e1ac1c..45f5c5c5929c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Freescale MMA8451Q, MMA8452Q, MMA8453Q, MMA8652FC or MMA8653FC +Freescale MMA8451Q, MMA8452Q, MMA8453Q, MMA8652FC, MMA8653FC or FXLS8471Q triaxial accelerometer Required properties: @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required properties: * "fsl,mma8453" * "fsl,mma8652" * "fsl,mma8653" + * "fsl,fxls8471" - reg: the I2C address of the chip diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lpc1850-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lpc1850-adc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0bcae5140bc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lpc1850-adc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +NXP LPC1850 ADC bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "nxp,lpc1850-adc" +- reg: Offset and length of the register set for the ADC device +- interrupts: The interrupt number for the ADC device +- clocks: The root clock of the ADC controller +- vref-supply: The regulator supply ADC reference voltage +- resets: phandle to reset controller and line specifier + +Example: + +adc0: adc@400e3000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-adc"; + reg = <0x400e3000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <17>; + clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_APB3_ADC0>; + vref-supply = <®_vdda>; + resets = <&rgu 40>; + status = "disabled"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt index 555fb117d4fa..555fb117d4fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt index a9a5fe19ff2a..bf99e2f24788 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/rockchip-saradc.txt @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ Rockchip Successive Approximation Register (SAR) A/D Converter bindings Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "rockchip,saradc" or "rockchip,rk3066-tsadc" +- compatible: should be "rockchip,<name>-saradc" or "rockchip,rk3066-tsadc" + - "rockchip,saradc": for rk3188, rk3288 + - "rockchip,rk3066-tsadc": for rk3036 + - "rockchip,rk3399-saradc": for rk3399 + - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. - interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu. The interrupt specifier format diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5592r.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5592r.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..989f96f31c66 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5592r.txt @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +Analog Devices AD5592R/AD5593R DAC/ADC device driver + +Required properties for the AD5592R: + - compatible: Must be "adi,ad5592r" + - reg: SPI chip select number for the device + - spi-max-frequency: Max SPI frequency to use (< 30000000) + - spi-cpol: The AD5592R requires inverse clock polarity (CPOL) mode + +Required properties for the AD5593R: + - compatible: Must be "adi,ad5593r" + - reg: I2C address of the device + +Required properties for all supported chips: + - #address-cells: Should be 1. + - #size-cells: Should be 0. + - channel nodes: + Each child node represents one channel and has the following + Required properties: + * reg: Pin on which this channel is connected to. + * adi,mode: Mode or function of this channel. + Macros specifying the valid values + can be found in <dt-bindings/iio/adi,ad5592r.h>. + + The following values are currently supported: + * CH_MODE_UNUSED (the pin is unused) + * CH_MODE_ADC (the pin is ADC input) + * CH_MODE_DAC (the pin is DAC output) + * CH_MODE_DAC_AND_ADC (the pin is DAC output + but can be monitored by an ADC, since + there is no disadvantage this + this should be considered as the + preferred DAC mode) + * CH_MODE_GPIO (the pin is registered + with GPIOLIB) + Optional properties: + * adi,off-state: State of this channel when unused or the + device gets removed. Macros specifying the + valid values can be found in + <dt-bindings/iio/adi,ad5592r.h>. + + * CH_OFFSTATE_PULLDOWN (the pin is pulled down) + * CH_OFFSTATE_OUT_LOW (the pin is output low) + * CH_OFFSTATE_OUT_HIGH (the pin is output high) + * CH_OFFSTATE_OUT_TRISTATE (the pin is + tristated output) + + +Optional properties: + - vref-supply: Phandle to the external reference voltage supply. This should + only be set if there is an external reference voltage connected to the VREF + pin. If the property is not set the internal 2.5V reference is used. + - reset-gpios : GPIO spec for the RESET pin. If specified, it will be + asserted during driver probe. + - gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. + - #gpio-cells: Should be 2. The first cell is the GPIO number and the second + cell specifies GPIO flags, as defined in <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>. + +AD5592R Example: + + #include <dt-bindings/iio/adi,ad5592r.h> + + vref: regulator-vref { + compatible = "regulator-fixed"; + regulator-name = "vref-ad559x"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + ad5592r@0 { + #size-cells = <0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + compatible = "adi,ad5592r"; + reg = <0>; + + spi-max-frequency = <1000000>; + spi-cpol; + + vref-supply = <&vref>; /* optional */ + reset-gpios = <&gpio0 86 0>; /* optional */ + gpio-controller; + + channel@0 { + reg = <0>; + adi,mode = <CH_MODE_DAC>; + }; + channel@1 { + reg = <1>; + adi,mode = <CH_MODE_ADC>; + }; + channel@2 { + reg = <2>; + adi,mode = <CH_MODE_DAC_AND_ADC>; + }; + channel@3 { + reg = <3>; + adi,mode = <CH_MODE_DAC_AND_ADC>; + adi,off-state = <CH_OFFSTATE_PULLDOWN>; + }; + channel@4 { + reg = <4>; + adi,mode = <CH_MODE_UNUSED>; + adi,off-state = <CH_OFFSTATE_PULLDOWN>; + }; + channel@5 { + reg = <5>; + adi,mode = <CH_MODE_GPIO>; + adi,off-state = <CH_OFFSTATE_PULLDOWN>; + }; + channel@6 { + reg = <6>; + adi,mode = <CH_MODE_GPIO>; + adi,off-state = <CH_OFFSTATE_PULLDOWN>; + }; + channel@7 { + reg = <7>; + adi,mode = <CH_MODE_GPIO>; + adi,off-state = <CH_OFFSTATE_PULLDOWN>; + }; + }; + +AD5593R Example: + + #include <dt-bindings/iio/adi,ad5592r.h> + + ad5593r@10 { + #size-cells = <0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + compatible = "adi,ad5593r"; + reg = <0x10>; + gpio-controller; + + channel@0 { + reg = <0>; + adi,mode = <CH_MODE_DAC>; + adi,off-state = <CH_OFFSTATE_PULLDOWN>; + }; + channel@1 { + reg = <1>; + adi,mode = <CH_MODE_ADC>; + adi,off-state = <CH_OFFSTATE_PULLDOWN>; + }; + channel@2 { + reg = <2>; + adi,mode = <CH_MODE_DAC_AND_ADC>; + adi,off-state = <CH_OFFSTATE_PULLDOWN>; + }; + channel@6 { + reg = <6>; + adi,mode = <CH_MODE_GPIO>; + adi,off-state = <CH_OFFSTATE_PULLDOWN>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/lpc1850-dac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/lpc1850-dac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7d6647d4af5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/lpc1850-dac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +NXP LPC1850 DAC bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "nxp,lpc1850-dac" +- reg: Offset and length of the register set for the ADC device +- interrupts: The interrupt number for the ADC device +- clocks: The root clock of the ADC controller +- vref-supply: The regulator supply ADC reference voltage +- resets: phandle to reset controller and line specifier + +Example: +dac: dac@400e1000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-dac"; + reg = <0x400e1000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0>; + clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_APB3_DAC>; + vref-supply = <®_vdda>; + resets = <&rgu 42>; + status = "disabled"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt index e4d8f1c52f4a..a9fc11e43b45 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt @@ -8,10 +8,23 @@ Required properties: - interrupt-parent : should be the phandle for the interrupt controller - interrupts : interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ +Optional properties: + - mount-matrix: an optional 3x3 mounting rotation matrix + + Example: mpu6050@68 { compatible = "invensense,mpu6050"; reg = <0x68>; interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; interrupts = <18 1>; + mount-matrix = "-0.984807753012208", /* x0 */ + "0", /* y0 */ + "-0.173648177666930", /* z0 */ + "0", /* x1 */ + "-1", /* y1 */ + "0", /* z1 */ + "-0.173648177666930", /* x2 */ + "0", /* y2 */ + "0.984807753012208"; /* z2 */ }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/ak8975.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/ak8975.txt index 011679f1a425..e1e7dd3259f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/ak8975.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/ak8975.txt @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - gpios : should be device tree identifier of the magnetometer DRDY pin + - vdd-supply: an optional regulator that needs to be on to provide VDD + - mount-matrix: an optional 3x3 mounting rotation matrix Example: @@ -15,4 +17,14 @@ ak8975@0c { compatible = "asahi-kasei,ak8975"; reg = <0x0c>; gpios = <&gpj0 7 0>; + vdd-supply = <&ldo_3v3_gnss>; + mount-matrix = "-0.984807753012208", /* x0 */ + "0", /* y0 */ + "-0.173648177666930", /* z0 */ + "0", /* x1 */ + "-1", /* y1 */ + "0", /* z1 */ + "-0.173648177666930", /* x2 */ + "0", /* y2 */ + "0.984807753012208"; /* z2 */ }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/ds1803.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/ds1803.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df77bf552656 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/ds1803.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +* Maxim Integrated DS1803 digital potentiometer driver + +The node for this driver must be a child node of a I2C controller, hence +all mandatory properties for your controller must be specified. See directory: + + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c + +for more details. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Must be one of the following, depending on the + model: + "maxim,ds1803-010", + "maxim,ds1803-050", + "maxim,ds1803-100" + +Example: +ds1803: ds1803@1 { + reg = <0x28>; + compatible = "maxim,ds1803-010"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/mcp4131.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/mcp4131.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3ccba16f7035 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/mcp4131.txt @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +* Microchip MCP413X/414X/415X/416X/423X/424X/425X/426X Digital Potentiometer + driver + +The node for this driver must be a child node of a SPI controller, hence +all mandatory properties described in + + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt + +must be specified. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Must be one of the following, depending on the + model: + "microchip,mcp4131-502" + "microchip,mcp4131-103" + "microchip,mcp4131-503" + "microchip,mcp4131-104" + "microchip,mcp4132-502" + "microchip,mcp4132-103" + "microchip,mcp4132-503" + "microchip,mcp4132-104" + "microchip,mcp4141-502" + "microchip,mcp4141-103" + "microchip,mcp4141-503" + "microchip,mcp4141-104" + "microchip,mcp4142-502" + "microchip,mcp4142-103" + "microchip,mcp4142-503" + "microchip,mcp4142-104" + "microchip,mcp4151-502" + "microchip,mcp4151-103" + "microchip,mcp4151-503" + "microchip,mcp4151-104" + "microchip,mcp4152-502" + "microchip,mcp4152-103" + "microchip,mcp4152-503" + "microchip,mcp4152-104" + "microchip,mcp4161-502" + "microchip,mcp4161-103" + "microchip,mcp4161-503" + "microchip,mcp4161-104" + "microchip,mcp4162-502" + "microchip,mcp4162-103" + "microchip,mcp4162-503" + "microchip,mcp4162-104" + "microchip,mcp4231-502" + "microchip,mcp4231-103" + "microchip,mcp4231-503" + "microchip,mcp4231-104" + "microchip,mcp4232-502" + "microchip,mcp4232-103" + "microchip,mcp4232-503" + "microchip,mcp4232-104" + "microchip,mcp4241-502" + "microchip,mcp4241-103" + "microchip,mcp4241-503" + "microchip,mcp4241-104" + "microchip,mcp4242-502" + "microchip,mcp4242-103" + "microchip,mcp4242-503" + "microchip,mcp4242-104" + "microchip,mcp4251-502" + "microchip,mcp4251-103" + "microchip,mcp4251-503" + "microchip,mcp4251-104" + "microchip,mcp4252-502" + "microchip,mcp4252-103" + "microchip,mcp4252-503" + "microchip,mcp4252-104" + "microchip,mcp4261-502" + "microchip,mcp4261-103" + "microchip,mcp4261-503" + "microchip,mcp4261-104" + "microchip,mcp4262-502" + "microchip,mcp4262-103" + "microchip,mcp4262-503" + "microchip,mcp4262-104" + +Example: +mcp4131: mcp4131@0 { + compatible = "mcp4131-502"; + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <500000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/hp03.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/hp03.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..54e7e70bcea5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/hp03.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +HopeRF HP03 digital pressure/temperature sensors + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "hoperf,hp03" +- xclr-gpio: must be device tree identifier of the XCLR pin. + The XCLR pin is a reset of the ADC in the chip, + it must be pulled HI before the conversion and + readout of the value from the ADC registers and + pulled LO afterward. + +Example: + +hp03@0x77 { + compatible = "hoperf,hp03"; + reg = <0x77>; + xclr-gpio = <&portc 0 0x0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/ms5611.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/ms5611.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..17bca866c084 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/ms5611.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +MEAS ms5611 family pressure sensors + +Pressure sensors from MEAS Switzerland with SPI and I2C bus interfaces. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "meas,ms5611" or "meas,ms5607" +- reg: the I2C address or SPI chip select the device will respond to + +Optional properties: +- vdd-supply: an optional regulator that needs to be on to provide VDD + power to the sensor. + +Example: + +ms5607@77 { + compatible = "meas,ms5607"; + reg = <0x77>; + vdd-supply = <&ldo_3v3_gnss>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt index d4b87cc1e446..5844cf72862d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt @@ -16,6 +16,10 @@ Optional properties: - st,drdy-int-pin: the pin on the package that will be used to signal "data ready" (valid values: 1 or 2). This property is not configurable on all sensors. +- drive-open-drain: the interrupt/data ready line will be configured + as open drain, which is useful if several sensors share the same + interrupt line. (This binding is taken from pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt) + This is a boolean property. Sensors may also have applicable pin control settings, those use the standard bindings from pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt. @@ -37,6 +41,7 @@ Accelerometers: - st,lsm330-accel - st,lsm303agr-accel - st,lis2dh12-accel +- st,h3lis331dl-accel Gyroscopes: - st,l3g4200d-gyro @@ -46,6 +51,7 @@ Gyroscopes: - st,l3gd20-gyro - st,l3g4is-gyro - st,lsm330-gyro +- st,lsm9ds0-gyro Magnetometers: - st,lsm303agr-magn diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt index c6cfe2e3ed41..9fc47b006fd1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Optional properties: ti,vref-delay-usecs vref supply delay in usecs, 0 for external vref (u16). ti,vref-mv The VREF voltage, in millivolts (u16). - Set to 0 to use internal refernce + Set to 0 to use internal references (ADS7846). ti,keep-vref-on set to keep vref on for differential measurements as well diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/fsl-mx25-tcq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/fsl-mx25-tcq.txt index cdf05f9b2329..abfcab3edc66 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/fsl-mx25-tcq.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/fsl-mx25-tcq.txt @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Optional properties: - fsl,pen-debounce-ns: Pen debounce time in nanoseconds. - fsl,pen-threshold: Pen-down threshold for the touchscreen. This is a value between 1 and 4096. It is the ratio between the internal reference voltage - and the measured voltage after the plate was precharged. Resistence between + and the measured voltage after the plate was precharged. Resistance between plates and therefore the voltage decreases with pressure so that a smaller value is equivalent to a higher pressure. - fsl,settling-time-ns: Settling time in nanoseconds. The settling time is before diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt index b8e1674c7837..8cf564d083d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ Required properties: "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq" "mediatek,mt2701-sysirq" - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller -- #interrupt-cells : Use the same format as specified by GIC in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt +- #interrupt-cells : Use the same format as specified by GIC in arm,gic.txt. - interrupt-parent: phandle of irq parent for sysirq. The parent must use the same interrupt-cells format as GIC. - reg: Physical base address of the intpol registers and length of memory diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/nvidia,tegra-ictlr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/nvidia,tegra20-ictlr.txt index 1099fe0788fa..1099fe0788fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/nvidia,tegra-ictlr.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/nvidia,tegra20-ictlr.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap4-wugen-mpu b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap4-wugen-mpu index 43effa0a4fe7..18d4f407bf0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap4-wugen-mpu +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap4-wugen-mpu @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ All TI OMAP4/5 (and their derivatives) an interrupt controller that routes interrupts to the GIC, and also serves as a wakeup source. It is also referred to as "WUGEN-MPU", hence the name of the binding. -Reguired properties: +Required properties: - compatible : should contain at least "ti,omap4-wugen-mpu" or "ti,omap5-wugen-mpu" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Notes: - Because this HW ultimately routes interrupts to the GIC, the interrupt specifier must be that of the GIC. - Only SPIs can use the WUGEN as an interrupt parent. SGIs and PPIs - are explicitly forbiden. + are explicitly forbidden. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt index 718074501fcb..19fe6f2c83f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ conditions. "arm,mmu-400" "arm,mmu-401" "arm,mmu-500" + "cavium,smmu-v2" depending on the particular implementation and/or the version of the architecture implemented. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/tegra-emc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra124-emc.txt index b59c625d6336..ba0bc3f12419 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/tegra-emc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra124-emc.txt @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ be specified, according to the board documentation: Example SoC include file: / { - emc@0,7001b000 { + emc@7001b000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-emc"; reg = <0x0 0x7001b000 0x0 0x1000>; @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Example SoC include file: Example board file: / { - emc@0,7001b000 { + emc@7001b000 { emc-timings-3 { nvidia,ram-code = <3>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra-mc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra30-mc.txt index 3338a2834ad7..8dbe47013c2b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra-mc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra30-mc.txt @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ specified, according to the board documentation: Example SoC include file: / { - mc: memory-controller@0,70019000 { + mc: memory-controller@70019000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-mc"; reg = <0x0 0x70019000 0x0 0x1000>; clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_MC>; @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Example SoC include file: #iommu-cells = <1>; }; - sdhci@0,700b0000 { + sdhci@700b0000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-sdhci"; ... iommus = <&mc TEGRA_SWGROUP_SDMMC1A>; @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Example SoC include file: Example board file: / { - memory-controller@0,70019000 { + memory-controller@70019000 { emc-timings-3 { nvidia,ram-code = <3>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/omap-gpmc.txt index 01683707060b..21055e210234 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/omap-gpmc.txt @@ -32,6 +32,19 @@ Required properties: bootloader) are used for the physical address decoding. As this will change in the future, filling correct values here is a requirement. + - interrupt-controller: The GPMC driver implements and interrupt controller for + the NAND events "fifoevent" and "termcount" plus the + rising/falling edges on the GPMC_WAIT pins. + The interrupt number mapping is as follows + 0 - NAND_fifoevent + 1 - NAND_termcount + 2 - GPMC_WAIT0 pin edge + 3 - GPMC_WAIT1 pin edge, and so on. + - interrupt-cells: Must be set to 2 + - gpio-controller: The GPMC driver implements a GPIO controller for the + GPMC WAIT pins that can be used as general purpose inputs. + 0 maps to GPMC_WAIT0 pin. + - gpio-cells: Must be set to 2 Timing properties for child nodes. All are optional and default to 0. @@ -130,6 +143,10 @@ Example for an AM33xx board: #address-cells = <2>; #size-cells = <1>; ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x10000000>; /* CS0 @addr 0x8000000, size 0x10000000 */ + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; /* child nodes go here */ }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt index 9b30011ecabe..a6e2ea41160c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Cirrus Logic/Wolfson Microelectronics Arizona class audio SoCs -These devices are audio SoCs with extensive digital capabilites and a range +These devices are audio SoCs with extensive digital capabilities and a range of analogue I/O. Required properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt index fd39fa54571b..d20b1034e967 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt @@ -6,10 +6,11 @@ axp202 (X-Powers) axp209 (X-Powers) axp221 (X-Powers) axp223 (X-Powers) +axp809 (X-Powers) Required properties: - compatible: "x-powers,axp152", "x-powers,axp202", "x-powers,axp209", - "x-powers,axp221", "x-powers,axp223" + "x-powers,axp221", "x-powers,axp223", "x-powers,axp809" - reg: The I2C slave address or RSB hardware address for the AXP chip - interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller - interrupts: SoC NMI / GPIO interrupt connected to the PMIC's IRQ pin @@ -18,7 +19,9 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - x-powers,dcdc-freq: defines the work frequency of DC-DC in KHz - (range: 750-1875). Default: 1.5MHz + AXP152/20X: range: 750-1875, Default: 1.5 MHz + AXP22X/80X: range: 1800-4050, Default: 3 MHz + - <input>-supply: a phandle to the regulator supply node. May be omitted if inputs are unregulated, such as using the IPSOUT output from the PMIC. @@ -77,6 +80,30 @@ LDO_IO0 : LDO : ips-supply : GPIO 0 LDO_IO1 : LDO : ips-supply : GPIO 1 RTC_LDO : LDO : ips-supply : always on +AXP809 regulators, type, and corresponding input supply names: + +Regulator Type Supply Name Notes +--------- ---- ----------- ----- +DCDC1 : DC-DC buck : vin1-supply +DCDC2 : DC-DC buck : vin2-supply +DCDC3 : DC-DC buck : vin3-supply +DCDC4 : DC-DC buck : vin4-supply +DCDC5 : DC-DC buck : vin5-supply +DC1SW : On/Off Switch : : DCDC1 secondary output +DC5LDO : LDO : : input from DCDC5 +ALDO1 : LDO : aldoin-supply : shared supply +ALDO2 : LDO : aldoin-supply : shared supply +ALDO3 : LDO : aldoin-supply : shared supply +DLDO1 : LDO : dldoin-supply : shared supply +DLDO2 : LDO : dldoin-supply : shared supply +ELDO1 : LDO : eldoin-supply : shared supply +ELDO2 : LDO : eldoin-supply : shared supply +ELDO3 : LDO : eldoin-supply : shared supply +LDO_IO0 : LDO : ips-supply : GPIO 0 +LDO_IO1 : LDO : ips-supply : GPIO 1 +RTC_LDO : LDO : ips-supply : always on +SW : On/Off Switch : swin-supply + Example: axp209: pmic@34 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/hisilicon,hi655x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/hisilicon,hi655x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..05485699d70e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/hisilicon,hi655x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Hisilicon Hi655x Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) + +The hardware layout for access PMIC Hi655x from AP SoC Hi6220. +Between PMIC Hi655x and Hi6220, the physical signal channel is SSI. +We can use memory-mapped I/O to communicate. + ++----------------+ +-------------+ +| | | | +| Hi6220 | SSI bus | Hi655x | +| |-------------| | +| |(REGMAP_MMIO)| | ++----------------+ +-------------+ + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "hisilicon,hi655x-pmic". +- reg: Base address of PMIC on Hi6220 SoC. +- interrupt-controller: Hi655x has internal IRQs (has own IRQ domain). +- pmic-gpios: The GPIO used by PMIC IRQ. + +Example: + pmic: pmic@f8000000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi655x-pmic"; + reg = <0x0 0xf8000000 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + pmic-gpios = <&gpio1 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77620.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77620.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2ad44f7e4880 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77620.txt @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +MAX77620 Power management IC from Maxim Semiconductor. + +Required properties: +------------------- +- compatible: Must be one of + "maxim,max77620" + "maxim,max20024". +- reg: I2C device address. + +Optional properties: +------------------- +- interrupts: The interrupt on the parent the controller is + connected to. +- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells: is <2> and their usage is compliant to the 2 cells + variant of <../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt> + IRQ numbers for different interrupt source of MAX77620 + are defined at dt-bindings/mfd/max77620.h. + +Optional subnodes and their properties: +======================================= + +Flexible power sequence configurations: +-------------------------------------- +The Flexible Power Sequencer (FPS) allows each regulator to power up under +hardware or software control. Additionally, each regulator can power on +independently or among a group of other regulators with an adjustable power-up +and power-down delays (sequencing). GPIO1, GPIO2, and GPIO3 can be programmed +to be part of a sequence allowing external regulators to be sequenced along +with internal regulators. 32KHz clock can be programmed to be part of a +sequence. + +The flexible sequencing structure consists of two hardware enable inputs +(EN0, EN1), and 3 master sequencing timers called FPS0, FPS1 and FPS2. +Each master sequencing timer is programmable through its configuration +register to have a hardware enable source (EN1 or EN2) or a software enable +source (SW). When enabled/disabled, the master sequencing timer generates +eight sequencing events on different time periods called slots. The time +period between each event is programmable within the configuration register. +Each regulator, GPIO1, GPIO2, GPIO3, and 32KHz clock has a flexible power +sequence slave register which allows its enable source to be specified as +a flexible power sequencer timer or a software bit. When a FPS source of +regulators, GPIOs and clocks specifies the enable source to be a flexible +power sequencer, the power up and power down delays can be specified in +the regulators, GPIOs and clocks flexible power sequencer configuration +registers. + +When FPS event cleared (set to LOW), regulators, GPIOs and 32KHz +clock are set into following state at the sequencing event that +corresponds to its flexible sequencer configuration register. + Sleep state: In this state, regulators, GPIOs + and 32KHz clock get disabled at + the sequencing event. + Global Low Power Mode (GLPM): In this state, regulators are set in + low power mode at the sequencing event. + +The configuration parameters of FPS is provided through sub-node "fps" +and their child for FPS specific. The child node name for FPS are "fps0", +"fps1", and "fps2" for FPS0, FPS1 and FPS2 respectively. + +The FPS configurations like FPS source, power up and power down slots for +regulators, GPIOs and 32kHz clocks are provided in their respective +configuration nodes which is explained in respective sub-system DT +binding document. + +There is need for different FPS configuration parameters based on system +state like when system state changed from active to suspend or active to +power off (shutdown). + +Optional properties: +------------------- +-maxim,fps-event-source: u32, FPS event source like external + hardware input to PMIC i.e. EN0, EN1 or + software (SW). + The macros are defined on + dt-bindings/mfd/max77620.h + for different control source. + - MAX77620_FPS_EVENT_SRC_EN0 + for hardware input pin EN0. + - MAX77620_FPS_EVENT_SRC_EN1 + for hardware input pin EN1. + - MAX77620_FPS_EVENT_SRC_SW + for software control. + +-maxim,shutdown-fps-time-period-us: u32, FPS time period in microseconds + when system enters in to shutdown + state. + +-maxim,suspend-fps-time-period-us: u32, FPS time period in microseconds + when system enters in to suspend state. + +-maxim,device-state-on-disabled-event: u32, describe the PMIC state when FPS + event cleared (set to LOW) whether it + should go to sleep state or low-power + state. Following are valid values: + - MAX77620_FPS_INACTIVE_STATE_SLEEP + to set the PMIC state to sleep. + - MAX77620_FPS_INACTIVE_STATE_LOW_POWER + to set the PMIC state to low + power. + Absence of this property or other value + will not change device state when FPS + event get cleared. + +Here supported time periods by device in microseconds are as follows: +MAX77620 supports 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560 and 5120 microseconds. +MAX20024 supports 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280 and 2540 microseconds. + +For DT binding details of different sub modules like GPIO, pincontrol, +regulator, power, please refer respective device-tree binding document +under their respective sub-system directories. + +Example: +-------- +#include <dt-bindings/mfd/max77620.h> + +max77620@3c { + compatible = "maxim,max77620"; + reg = <0x3c>; + + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = <0 86 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + + fps { + fps0 { + maxim,shutdown-fps-time-period-us = <1280>; + maxim,fps-event-source = <MAX77620_FPS_EVENT_SRC_EN1>; + }; + + fps1 { + maxim,shutdown-fps-time-period-us = <1280>; + maxim,fps-event-source = <MAX77620_FPS_EVENT_SRC_EN0>; + }; + + fps2 { + maxim,shutdown-fps-time-period-us = <1280>; + maxim,fps-event-source = <MAX77620_FPS_EVENT_SRC_SW>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt index 5e97a9593ad7..b98b291a31ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ see regulator.txt - with additional custom properties described below: - qcom,force-mode: Usage: optional (default if no other qcom,force-mode is specified) Value type: <u32> - Defintion: indicates that the regulator should be forced to a + Definition: indicates that the regulator should be forced to a particular mode, valid values are: QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_NONE - do not force any mode QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_LPM - force into low power mode @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ see regulator.txt - with additional custom properties described below: - qcom,force-mode: Usage: optional Value type: <u32> - Defintion: indicates that the regulator should not be forced to any + Definition: indicates that the regulator should not be forced to any particular mode, valid values are: QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_NONE - do not force any mode QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_LPM - force into low power mode diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt index fc149f326dae..f080f06da6d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cpu_irq.txt @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should be "mti,cpu-interrupt-controller" Example devicetree: - cpu-irq: cpu-irq@0 { + cpu-irq: cpu-irq { #address-cells = <0>; interrupt-controller; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/microchip,sdhci-pic32.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/microchip,sdhci-pic32.txt index 71ad57e050b1..3149297b3933 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/microchip,sdhci-pic32.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/microchip,sdhci-pic32.txt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Example: compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-sdhci"; reg = <0x1f8ec000 0x100>; interrupts = <191 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - clocks = <&REFCLKO4>, <&PBCLK5>; + clocks = <&rootclk REF4CLK>, <&rootclk PB5CLK>; clock-names = "base_clk", "sys_clk"; bus-width = <4>; cap-sd-highspeed; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-emmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-emmc.txt index 0cb827bf9435..3d965d57e00b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-emmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-emmc.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * The simple eMMC hardware reset provider The purpose of this driver is to perform standard eMMC hw reset -procedure, as descibed by Jedec 4.4 specification. This procedure is +procedure, as described by Jedec 4.4 specification. This procedure is performed just after MMC core enabled power to the given mmc host (to fix possible issues if bootloader has left eMMC card in initialized or unknown state), and before performing complete system reboot (also in diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt index d53aba98fbc9..3e7ee99d3949 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Optional properties: Nand Flash Controller(NFC) is an optional sub-node Required properties: -- compatible : "atmel,sama5d3-nfc" or "atmel,sama5d4-nfc". +- compatible : "atmel,sama5d3-nfc". - reg : should specify the address and size used for NFC command registers, NFC registers and NFC SRAM. NFC SRAM address and size can be absent if don't want to use it. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/brcm,brcmnand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/brcm,brcmnand.txt index c2546ced9c02..7066597c9a81 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/brcm,brcmnand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/brcm,brcmnand.txt @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ Required properties: brcm,brcmnand-v5.0 brcm,brcmnand-v6.0 brcm,brcmnand-v6.1 + brcm,brcmnand-v6.2 brcm,brcmnand-v7.0 brcm,brcmnand-v7.1 brcm,brcmnand @@ -52,7 +53,7 @@ Optional properties: v7.0. Use this property to describe the rare earlier versions of this core that include WP - -- Additonal SoC-specific NAND controller properties -- + -- Additional SoC-specific NAND controller properties -- The NAND controller is integrated differently on the variety of SoCs on which it is found. Part of this integration involves providing status and enable bits diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt index fb733c4e1c11..3ee7e202657c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmc-nand.txt @@ -13,7 +13,11 @@ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt Required properties: - - reg: The CS line the peripheral is connected to + - compatible: "ti,omap2-nand" + - reg: range id (CS number), base offset and length of the + NAND I/O space + - interrupt-parent: must point to gpmc node + - interrupts: Two interrupt specifiers, one for fifoevent, one for termcount. Optional properties: @@ -44,6 +48,7 @@ Optional properties: locating ECC errors for BCHx algorithms. SoC devices which have ELM hardware engines should specify this device node in .dtsi Using ELM for ECC error correction frees some CPU cycles. + - rb-gpios: GPIO specifier for the ready/busy# pin. For inline partition table parsing (optional): @@ -55,20 +60,26 @@ Example for an AM33xx board: gpmc: gpmc@50000000 { compatible = "ti,am3352-gpmc"; ti,hwmods = "gpmc"; - reg = <0x50000000 0x1000000>; + reg = <0x50000000 0x36c>; interrupts = <100>; gpmc,num-cs = <8>; gpmc,num-waitpins = <2>; #address-cells = <2>; #size-cells = <1>; - ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x2000>; /* CS0: NAND */ + ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x1000000>; /* CS0 space, 16MB */ elm_id = <&elm>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; nand@0,0 { - reg = <0 0 0>; /* CS0, offset 0 */ + compatible = "ti,omap2-nand"; + reg = <0 0 4>; /* CS0, offset 0, NAND I/O window 4 */ + interrupt-parent = <&gpmc>; + interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>, <1 IRQ_TYPE NONE>; nand-bus-width = <16>; ti,nand-ecc-opt = "bch8"; ti,nand-xfer-type = "polled"; + rb-gpios = <&gpmc 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* gpmc_wait0 */ gpmc,sync-clk-ps = <0>; gpmc,cs-on-ns = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt index b53f92e252d4..3733300de8dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt @@ -1,8 +1,31 @@ -* MTD generic binding +* NAND chip and NAND controller generic binding + +NAND controller/NAND chip representation: + +The NAND controller should be represented with its own DT node, and all +NAND chips attached to this controller should be defined as children nodes +of the NAND controller. This representation should be enforced even for +simple controllers supporting only one chip. + +Mandatory NAND controller properties: +- #address-cells: depends on your controller. Should at least be 1 to + encode the CS line id. +- #size-cells: depends on your controller. Put zero unless you need a + mapping between CS lines and dedicated memory regions + +Optional NAND controller properties +- ranges: only needed if you need to define a mapping between CS lines and + memory regions + +Optional NAND chip properties: - nand-ecc-mode : String, operation mode of the NAND ecc mode. - Supported values are: "none", "soft", "hw", "hw_syndrome", "hw_oob_first", - "soft_bch". + Supported values are: "none", "soft", "hw", "hw_syndrome", + "hw_oob_first". + Deprecated values: + "soft_bch": use "soft" and nand-ecc-algo instead +- nand-ecc-algo: string, algorithm of NAND ECC. + Supported values are: "hamming", "bch". - nand-bus-width : 8 or 16 bus width if not present 8 - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not present false @@ -19,3 +42,20 @@ errors per {size} bytes". The interpretation of these parameters is implementation-defined, so not all implementations must support all possible combinations. However, implementations are encouraged to further specify the value(s) they support. + +Example: + + nand-controller { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + /* controller specific properties */ + + nand@0 { + reg = <0>; + nand-ecc-mode = "soft"; + nand-ecc-algo = "bch"; + + /* controller specific properties */ + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ca752db14dff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +Broadcom BCM53xx Ethernet switches +================================== + +Required properties: + +- compatible: For external switch chips, compatible string must be exactly one + of: "brcm,bcm5325" + "brcm,bcm53115" + "brcm,bcm53125" + "brcm,bcm53128" + "brcm,bcm5365" + "brcm,bcm5395" + "brcm,bcm5397" + "brcm,bcm5398" + + For the BCM5310x SoCs with an integrated switch, must be one of: + "brcm,bcm53010-srab" + "brcm,bcm53011-srab" + "brcm,bcm53012-srab" + "brcm,bcm53018-srab" + "brcm,bcm53019-srab" and the mandatory "brcm,bcm5301x-srab" string + + For the BCM63xx/33xx SoCs with an integrated switch, must be one of: + "brcm,bcm3384-switch" + "brcm,bcm6328-switch" + "brcm,bcm6368-switch" and the mandatory "brcm,bcm63xx-switch" + +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dsa/dsa.txt for a list of additional +required and optional properties. + +Examples: + +Ethernet switch connected via MDIO to the host, CPU port wired to eth0: + + eth0: ethernet@10001000 { + compatible = "brcm,unimac"; + reg = <0x10001000 0x1000>; + + fixed-link { + speed = <1000>; + duplex-full; + }; + }; + + mdio0: mdio@10000000 { + compatible = "brcm,unimac-mdio"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + switch0: ethernet-switch@30 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm53125"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ports { + port0@0 { + reg = <0>; + label = "lan1"; + }; + + port1@1 { + reg = <1>; + label = "lan2"; + }; + + port5@5 { + reg = <5>; + label = "cable-modem"; + fixed-link { + speed = <1000>; + duplex-full; + }; + phy-mode = "rgmii-txid"; + }; + + port8@8 { + reg = <8>; + label = "cpu"; + fixed-link { + speed = <1000>; + duplex-full; + }; + phy-mode = "rgmii-txid"; + ethernet = <ð0>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt index 9f4807f90c31..9bbbe7f87d67 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt @@ -1,5 +1,279 @@ -Marvell Distributed Switch Architecture Device Tree Bindings ------------------------------------------------------------- +Distributed Switch Architecture Device Tree Bindings +---------------------------------------------------- + +Two bindings exist, one of which has been deprecated due to +limitations. + +Current Binding +--------------- + +Switches are true Linux devices and can be probes by any means. Once +probed, they register to the DSA framework, passing a node +pointer. This node is expected to fulfil the following binding, and +may contain additional properties as required by the device it is +embedded within. + +Required properties: + +- ports : A container for child nodes representing switch ports. + +Optional properties: + +- dsa,member : A two element list indicates which DSA cluster, and position + within the cluster a switch takes. <0 0> is cluster 0, + switch 0. <0 1> is cluster 0, switch 1. <1 0> is cluster 1, + switch 0. A switch not part of any cluster (single device + hanging off a CPU port) must not specify this property + +The ports container has the following properties + +Required properties: + +- #address-cells : Must be 1 +- #size-cells : Must be 0 + +Each port children node must have the following mandatory properties: +- reg : Describes the port address in the switch +- label : Describes the label associated with this port, which + will become the netdev name. Special labels are + "cpu" to indicate a CPU port and "dsa" to + indicate an uplink/downlink port between switches in + the cluster. + +A port labelled "dsa" has the following mandatory property: + +- link : Should be a list of phandles to other switch's DSA + port. This port is used as the outgoing port + towards the phandle ports. The full routing + information must be given, not just the one hop + routes to neighbouring switches. + +A port labelled "cpu" has the following mandatory property: + +- ethernet : Should be a phandle to a valid Ethernet device node. + This host device is what the switch port is + connected to. + +Port child nodes may also contain the following optional standardised +properties, described in binding documents: + +- phy-handle : Phandle to a PHY on an MDIO bus. See + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt + for details. + +- phy-mode : See + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt + for details. + +- fixed-link : Fixed-link subnode describing a link to a non-MDIO + managed entity. See + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fixed-link.txt + for details. + +Example + +The following example shows three switches on three MDIO busses, +linked into one DSA cluster. + +&mdio1 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + switch0: switch0@0 { + compatible = "marvell,mv88e6085"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0>; + + dsa,member = <0 0>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + label = "lan0"; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + label = "lan1"; + }; + + port@2 { + reg = <2>; + label = "lan2"; + }; + + switch0port5: port@5 { + reg = <5>; + label = "dsa"; + phy-mode = "rgmii-txid"; + link = <&switch1port6 + &switch2port9>; + fixed-link { + speed = <1000>; + full-duplex; + }; + }; + + port@6 { + reg = <6>; + label = "cpu"; + ethernet = <&fec1>; + fixed-link { + speed = <100>; + full-duplex; + }; + }; + }; + }; +}; + +&mdio2 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + switch1: switch1@0 { + compatible = "marvell,mv88e6085"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0>; + + dsa,member = <0 1>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + label = "lan3"; + phy-handle = <&switch1phy0>; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + label = "lan4"; + phy-handle = <&switch1phy1>; + }; + + port@2 { + reg = <2>; + label = "lan5"; + phy-handle = <&switch1phy2>; + }; + + switch1port5: port@5 { + reg = <5>; + label = "dsa"; + link = <&switch2port9>; + phy-mode = "rgmii-txid"; + fixed-link { + speed = <1000>; + full-duplex; + }; + }; + + switch1port6: port@6 { + reg = <6>; + label = "dsa"; + phy-mode = "rgmii-txid"; + link = <&switch0port5>; + fixed-link { + speed = <1000>; + full-duplex; + }; + }; + }; + mdio-bus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + switch1phy0: switch1phy0@0 { + reg = <0>; + }; + switch1phy1: switch1phy0@1 { + reg = <1>; + }; + switch1phy2: switch1phy0@2 { + reg = <2>; + }; + }; + }; +}; + +&mdio4 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + switch2: switch2@0 { + compatible = "marvell,mv88e6085"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0>; + + dsa,member = <0 2>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + label = "lan6"; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + label = "lan7"; + }; + + port@2 { + reg = <2>; + label = "lan8"; + }; + + port@3 { + reg = <3>; + label = "optical3"; + fixed-link { + speed = <1000>; + full-duplex; + link-gpios = <&gpio6 2 + GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; + }; + + port@4 { + reg = <4>; + label = "optical4"; + fixed-link { + speed = <1000>; + full-duplex; + link-gpios = <&gpio6 3 + GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; + }; + + switch2port9: port@9 { + reg = <9>; + label = "dsa"; + phy-mode = "rgmii-txid"; + link = <&switch1port5 + &switch0port5>; + fixed-link { + speed = <1000>; + full-duplex; + }; + }; + }; + }; +}; + +Deprecated Binding +------------------ + +The deprecated binding makes use of a platform device to represent the +switches. The switches themselves are not Linux devices, and make use +of an MDIO bus for management. Required properties: - compatible : Should be "marvell,dsa" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-nic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-nic.txt index b9ff4ba6454e..f0421ee3c714 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-nic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-nic.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Required properties: specifies a reference to the associating hardware driver node. see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hns-dsaf.txt - port-id: is the index of port provided by DSAF (the accelerator). DSAF can - connect to 8 PHYs. Port 0 to 1 are both used for adminstration purpose. They + connect to 8 PHYs. Port 0 to 1 are both used for administration purpose. They are called debug ports. The remaining 6 PHYs are taken according to the mode of DSAF. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt index c00a9a894547..bc1c3c8bf8fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt @@ -35,8 +35,6 @@ Optional Properties: - broken-turn-around: If set, indicates the PHY device does not correctly release the turn around line low at the end of a MDIO transaction. -- reset-gpios: Reference to a GPIO used to reset the phy. - Example: ethernet-phy@0 { @@ -44,5 +42,4 @@ ethernet-phy@0 { interrupt-parent = <40000>; interrupts = <35 1>; reg = <0>; - reset-gpios = <&gpio1 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt index 4d302db657c0..95816c5fc589 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ Optional properties: AXI register inside the DMA module: - snps,lpi_en: enable Low Power Interface - snps,xit_frm: unlock on WoL - - snps,wr_osr_lmt: max write oustanding req. limit - - snps,rd_osr_lmt: max read oustanding req. limit + - snps,wr_osr_lmt: max write outstanding req. limit + - snps,rd_osr_lmt: max read outstanding req. limit - snps,kbbe: do not cross 1KiB boundary. - snps,axi_all: align address - snps,blen: this is a vector of supported burst length. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt index 58d935b58598..5d21141a68b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Required properties: - reg - The ID number for the phy, usually a small integer - - ti,rx-internal-delay - RGMII Recieve Clock Delay - see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83867.h + - ti,rx-internal-delay - RGMII Receive Clock Delay - see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83867.h for applicable values - ti,tx-internal-delay - RGMII Transmit Clock Delay - see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83867.h for applicable values diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt index 601256fe8c0d..ee91cbdd95ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Devices supporting OPPs must set their "operating-points-v2" property with phandle to a OPP table in their DT node. The OPP core will use this phandle to find the operating points for the device. -If required, this can be extended for SoC vendor specfic bindings. Such bindings +If required, this can be extended for SoC vendor specific bindings. Such bindings should be documented as Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/<vendor>-opp.txt and should have a compatible description like: "operating-points-v2-<vendor>". diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt index 64f2fff12128..6c5322c55411 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Optional properties: Example configuration: - pcie: pcie@0xdffff000 { + pcie: pcie@dffff000 { compatible = "snps,dw-pcie"; reg = <0xdffff000 0x1000>, /* Controller registers */ <0xd0000000 0x2000>; /* PCI config space */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt index 3be80c68941a..83aeb1f5a645 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ This PCIe host controller is based on the Synopsis Designware PCIe IP and thus inherits all the common properties defined in designware-pcie.txt. Required properties: -- compatible: "fsl,imx6q-pcie" -- reg: base addresse and length of the pcie controller +- compatible: "fsl,imx6q-pcie", "fsl,imx6sx-pcie", "fsl,imx6qp-pcie" +- reg: base address and length of the PCIe controller - interrupts: A list of interrupt outputs of the controller. Must contain an entry for each entry in the interrupt-names property. - interrupt-names: Must include the following entries: @@ -19,6 +19,20 @@ Optional properties: - fsl,tx-deemph-gen2-6db: Gen2 (6db) De-emphasis value. Default: 20 - fsl,tx-swing-full: Gen2 TX SWING FULL value. Default: 127 - fsl,tx-swing-low: TX launch amplitude swing_low value. Default: 127 +- fsl,max-link-speed: Specify PCI gen for link capability. Must be '2' for + gen2, otherwise will default to gen1. Note that the IMX6 LVDS clock outputs + do not meet gen2 jitter requirements and thus for gen2 capability a gen2 + compliant clock generator should be used and configured. +- reset-gpio: Should specify the GPIO for controlling the PCI bus device reset + signal. It's not polarity aware and defaults to active-low reset sequence + (L=reset state, H=operation state). +- reset-gpio-active-high: If present then the reset sequence using the GPIO + specified in the "reset-gpio" property is reversed (H=reset state, + L=operation state). + +Additional required properties for imx6sx-pcie: +- clock names: Must include the following additional entries: + - "pcie_inbound_axi" Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/hisilicon-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/hisilicon-pcie.txt index b721beacfe4d..59c2f47aa303 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/hisilicon-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/hisilicon-pcie.txt @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ Hip05 Example (note that Hip06 is the same except compatible): ranges = <0x82000000 0 0x00000000 0x220 0x00000000 0 0x10000000>; num-lanes = <8>; port-id = <1>; - #interrupts-cells = <1>; - interrupts-map-mask = <0xf800 0 0 7>; - interrupts-map = <0x0 0 0 1 &mbigen_pcie 1 10 - 0x0 0 0 2 &mbigen_pcie 2 11 - 0x0 0 0 3 &mbigen_pcie 3 12 - 0x0 0 0 4 &mbigen_pcie 4 13>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-map-mask = <0xf800 0 0 7>; + interrupt-map = <0x0 0 0 1 &mbigen_pcie 1 10 + 0x0 0 0 2 &mbigen_pcie 2 11 + 0x0 0 0 3 &mbigen_pcie 3 12 + 0x0 0 0 4 &mbigen_pcie 4 13>; status = "ok"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-armada8k.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-armada8k.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..598533a57d79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-armada8k.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +* Marvell Armada 7K/8K PCIe interface + +This PCIe host controller is based on the Synopsis Designware PCIe IP +and thus inherits all the common properties defined in designware-pcie.txt. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "marvell,armada8k-pcie" +- reg: must contain two register regions + - the control register region + - the config space region +- reg-names: + - "ctrl" for the control register region + - "config" for the config space region +- interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the PCIe controler +- clocks: reference to the PCIe controller clock + +Example: + + pcie@f2600000 { + compatible = "marvell,armada8k-pcie", "snps,dw-pcie"; + reg = <0 0xf2600000 0 0x10000>, <0 0xf6f00000 0 0x80000>; + reg-names = "ctrl", "config"; + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <2>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + device_type = "pci"; + dma-coherent; + + bus-range = <0 0xff>; + ranges = <0x81000000 0 0xf9000000 0 0xf9000000 0 0x10000 /* downstream I/O */ + 0x82000000 0 0xf6000000 0 0xf6000000 0 0xf00000>; /* non-prefetchable memory */ + interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 0>; + interrupt-map = <0 0 0 0 &gic 0 GIC_SPI 32 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 32 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + num-lanes = <1>; + clocks = <&cpm_syscon0 1 13>; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt index 54eae2938174..d08a4d51108f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt @@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ Optional properties:- phy-names: name of the Generic Keystine SerDes phy for PCI - If boot loader already does PCI link establishment, then phys and phy-names shouldn't be present. + interrupts: platform interrupt for error interrupts. Designware DT Properties not applicable for Keystone PCI diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/bcm-ns-usb2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/bcm-ns-usb2-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a7aee9ea8926 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/bcm-ns-usb2-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Driver for Broadcom Northstar USB 2.0 PHY + +Required properties: +- compatible: brcm,ns-usb2-phy +- reg: iomem address range of DMU (Device Management Unit) +- reg-names: "dmu", the only needed & supported reg right now +- clocks: USB PHY reference clock +- clock-names: "phy-ref-clk", the only needed & supported clock right now + +To initialize USB 2.0 PHY driver needs to setup PLL correctly. To do this it +requires passing phandle to the USB PHY reference clock. + +Example: + usb2-phy { + compatible = "brcm,ns-usb2-phy"; + reg = <0x1800c000 0x1000>; + reg-names = "dmu"; + #phy-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&genpll BCM_NSP_GENPLL_USB_PHY_REF_CLK>; + clock-names = "phy-ref-clk"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-sata-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm-sata-phy.txt index d87ab7c127b8..d0231209d846 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-sata-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm-sata-phy.txt @@ -1,14 +1,17 @@ -* Broadcom SATA3 PHY for STB +* Broadcom SATA3 PHY Required properties: - compatible: should be one or more of "brcm,bcm7425-sata-phy" "brcm,bcm7445-sata-phy" + "brcm,iproc-ns2-sata-phy" "brcm,phy-sata3" - address-cells: should be 1 - size-cells: should be 0 -- reg: register range for the PHY PCB interface -- reg-names: should be "phy" +- reg: register ranges for the PHY PCB interface +- reg-names: should be "phy" and "phy-ctrl" + The "phy-ctrl" registers are only required for + "brcm,iproc-ns2-sata-phy". Sub-nodes: Each port's PHY should be represented as a sub-node. @@ -16,12 +19,12 @@ Sub-nodes: Sub-nodes required properties: - reg: the PHY number - phy-cells: generic PHY binding; must be 0 -Optional: -- brcm,enable-ssc: use spread spectrum clocking (SSC) on this port +Sub-nodes optional properties: +- brcm,enable-ssc: use spread spectrum clocking (SSC) on this port + This property is not applicable for "brcm,iproc-ns2-sata-phy". Example: - sata-phy@f0458100 { compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-sata-phy", "brcm,phy-sata3"; reg = <0xf0458100 0x1e00>, <0xf045804c 0x10>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mt65xx-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mt65xx-usb.txt index 00100cf3e037..33a2b1ee3f3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mt65xx-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mt65xx-usb.txt @@ -4,7 +4,9 @@ mt65xx USB3.0 PHY binding This binding describes a usb3.0 phy for mt65xx platforms of Medaitek SoC. Required properties (controller (parent) node): - - compatible : should be "mediatek,mt8173-u3phy" + - compatible : should be one of + "mediatek,mt2701-u3phy" + "mediatek,mt8173-u3phy" - reg : offset and length of register for phy, exclude port's register. - clocks : a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih41x-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih41x-usb.txt index 00944a05ee6b..744b4809542e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih41x-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih41x-usb.txt @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Example: usb2_phy: usb2phy@0 { compatible = "st,stih416-usb-phy"; - #phy-cell = <0>; + #phy-cells = <0>; st,syscfg = <&syscfg_rear>; clocks = <&clk_sysin>; clock-names = "osc_phy"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt index d564ba4f1cf6..91da947ae9b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt @@ -7,6 +7,12 @@ Required properties: - compatible: "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7790" if the device is a part of R8A7790 SoC. "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7791" if the device is a part of R8A7791 SoC. "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7794" if the device is a part of R8A7794 SoC. + "renesas,rcar-gen2-usb-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen2 compatible device. + + When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the + SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first + followed by the generic version. + - reg: offset and length of the register block. - #address-cells: number of address cells for the USB channel subnodes, must be <1>. @@ -34,7 +40,7 @@ the USB channel; see the selector meanings below: Example (Lager board): usb-phy@e6590100 { - compatible = "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7790"; + compatible = "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7790", "renesas,rcar-gen2-usb-phy"; reg = <0 0xe6590100 0 0x100>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt index eaf7e9b7ce6b..2281d6cdecb1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt @@ -6,6 +6,12 @@ This file provides information on what the device node for the R-Car generation Required properties: - compatible: "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795" if the device is a part of an R8A7795 SoC. + "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb2-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device. + + When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the + SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first + followed by the generic version. + - reg: offset and length of the partial USB 2.0 Host register block. - clocks: clock phandle and specifier pair(s). - #phy-cells: see phy-bindings.txt in the same directory, must be <0>. @@ -15,18 +21,20 @@ To use a USB channel where USB 2.0 Host and HSUSB (USB 2.0 Peripheral) are combined, the device tree node should set interrupt properties to use the channel as USB OTG: - interrupts: interrupt specifier for the PHY. +- vbus-supply: Phandle to a regulator that provides power to the VBUS. This + regulator will be managed during the PHY power on/off sequence. Example (R-Car H3): usb-phy@ee080200 { - compatible = "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795"; + compatible = "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795", "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb2-phy"; reg = <0 0xee080200 0 0x700>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 108 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; clocks = <&mstp7_clks R8A7795_CLK_EHCI0>; }; usb-phy@ee0a0200 { - compatible = "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795"; + compatible = "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795", "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb2-phy"; reg = <0 0xee0a0200 0 0x700>; clocks = <&mstp7_clks R8A7795_CLK_EHCI0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt index 0289d3b07853..9872ba8546bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt @@ -2,9 +2,20 @@ Samsung S5P/EXYNOS SoC series MIPI CSIS/DSIM DPHY ------------------------------------------------- Required properties: -- compatible : should be "samsung,s5pv210-mipi-video-phy"; +- compatible : should be one of the listed compatibles: + - "samsung,s5pv210-mipi-video-phy" + - "samsung,exynos5420-mipi-video-phy" + - "samsung,exynos5433-mipi-video-phy" - #phy-cells : from the generic phy bindings, must be 1; -- syscon - phandle to the PMU system controller; + +In case of s5pv210 and exynos5420 compatible PHYs: +- syscon - phandle to the PMU system controller + +In case of exynos5433 compatible PHY: + - samsung,pmu-syscon - phandle to the PMU system controller + - samsung,disp-sysreg - phandle to the DISP system registers controller + - samsung,cam0-sysreg - phandle to the CAM0 system registers controller + - samsung,cam1-sysreg - phandle to the CAM1 system registers controller For "samsung,s5pv210-mipi-video-phy" compatible PHYs the second cell in the PHY specifier identifies the PHY and its meaning is as follows: @@ -12,6 +23,9 @@ the PHY specifier identifies the PHY and its meaning is as follows: 1 - MIPI DSIM 0, 2 - MIPI CSIS 1, 3 - MIPI DSIM 1. +"samsung,exynos5420-mipi-video-phy" and "samsung,exynos5433-mipi-video-phy" +supports additional fifth PHY: + 4 - MIPI CSIS 2. Samsung EXYNOS SoC series Display Port PHY ------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/microchip,pic32-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/microchip,pic32-pinctrl.txt index 4b5efa51bec7..29b72e303ebf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/microchip,pic32-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/microchip,pic32-pinctrl.txt @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ pic32_pinctrl: pinctrl@1f801400{ #size-cells = <1>; compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-pinctrl"; reg = <0x1f801400 0x400>; - clocks = <&PBCLK1>; + clocks = <&rootclk PB1CLK>; pinctrl_uart2: pinctrl_uart2 { uart2-tx { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt index 8a6223dbc143..4048f43a9d29 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Example: SoC file extract: ----------------- - padctl@0,7009f000 { + padctl@7009f000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl"; reg = <0x0 0x7009f000 0x0 0x1000>; resets = <&tegra_car 142>; @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ SoC file extract: Board file extract: ------------------- - pcie-controller@0,01003000 { + pcie-controller@01003000 { ... phys = <&padctl 0>; @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Board file extract: ... - padctl: padctl@0,7009f000 { + padctl: padctl@7009f000 { pinctrl-0 = <&padctl_default>; pinctrl-names = "default"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt index a90c812ad642..a54c39ebbf8b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ to specify in a pin configuration subnode: 2: 1.5uA (PMIC_GPIO_PULL_UP_1P5) 3: 31.5uA (PMIC_GPIO_PULL_UP_31P5) 4: 1.5uA + 30uA boost (PMIC_GPIO_PULL_UP_1P5_30) - If this property is ommited 30uA strength will be used if + If this property is omitted 30uA strength will be used if pull up is selected - bias-high-impedance: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt index ffadb7a371f6..74e6ec0339d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ Pin Configuration Node Properties: The pin configuration parameters use the generic pinconf bindings defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory. The supported parameters are -bias-disable, bias-pull-up, bias-pull-down and power-source. For pins that -have a configurable I/O voltage, the power-source value should be the +bias-disable, bias-pull-up, bias-pull-down, drive strength and power-source. For +pins that have a configurable I/O voltage, the power-source value should be the nominal I/O voltage in millivolts. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,coincell-charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,coincell-charger.txt index 0e6d8754e7ec..747899223262 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,coincell-charger.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,coincell-charger.txt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ IC (PMIC) - qcom,charger-disable: Usage: optional Value type: <boolean> - Definition: definining this property disables charging + Definition: defining this property disables charging This charger is a sub-node of one of the 8941 PMIC blocks, and is specified as a child node in DTS of that node. See ../mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.txt and diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/palmas-pmic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/palmas-pmic.txt index 725393c8a7f2..99872819604f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/palmas-pmic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/palmas-pmic.txt @@ -1,5 +1,12 @@ * palmas regulator IP block devicetree bindings +The tps659038 for the AM57x class have OTP spins that +have different part numbers but the same functionality. There +is not a need to add the OTP spins to the palmas driver. The +spin devices should use the tps659038 as it's compatible value. +This is the list of those devices: +tps659037 + Required properties: - compatible : Should be from the list ti,twl6035-pmic @@ -8,6 +15,7 @@ Required properties: ti,tps65913-pmic ti,tps65914-pmic ti,tps65917-pmic + ti,tps659038-pmic and also the generic series names ti,palmas-pmic - interrupt-parent : The parent interrupt controller which is palmas. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim-ds1302.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim-ds1302.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ba470c56cdec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim-ds1302.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +* Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor DS-1302 RTC + +Simple device which could be used to store date/time between reboots. + +The device uses the standard MicroWire half-duplex transfer timing. +Master output is set on low clock and sensed by the RTC on the rising +edge. Master input is set by the RTC on the trailing edge and is sensed +by the master on low clock. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : Should be "maxim,ds1302" + +Required SPI properties: + +- reg : Should be address of the device chip select within + the controller. + +- spi-max-frequency : DS-1302 has 500 kHz if powered at 2.2V, + and 2MHz if powered at 5V. + +- spi-3wire : The device has a shared signal IN/OUT line. + +- spi-lsb-first : DS-1302 requires least significant bit first + transfers. + +- spi-cs-high: DS-1302 has active high chip select line. This is + required unless inverted in hardware. + +Example: + +spi@901c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "icpdas,lp8841-spi-rtc"; + reg = <0x901c 0x1>; + + rtc@0 { + compatible = "maxim,ds1302"; + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <500000>; + spi-3wire; + spi-lsb-first; + spi-cs-high; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-palmas.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-palmas.txt index adbccc0a51e1..eb1c7fdeb413 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-palmas.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-palmas.txt @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ Optional properties: battery is chargeable or not. If charging battery then driver can enable the charging. - ti,backup-battery-charge-high-current: Enable high current charging in - backup battery. Device supports the < 100mA and > 100mA charging. - The high current will be > 100mA. Absence of this property will - charge battery to lower current i.e. < 100mA. + backup battery. Device supports the < 100uA and > 100uA charging. + The high current will be > 100uA. Absence of this property will + charge battery to lower current i.e. < 100uA. Example: palmas: tps65913@58 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sa1100-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sa1100-rtc.txt index 0cda19ad4859..968ac820254b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sa1100-rtc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sa1100-rtc.txt @@ -13,5 +13,5 @@ Example: compatible = "mrvl,mmp-rtc"; reg = <0xd4010000 0x1000>; interrupts = <5>, <6>; - interrupt-name = "rtc 1Hz", "rtc alarm"; + interrupt-names = "rtc 1Hz", "rtc alarm"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm,mps2-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm,mps2-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..128cc6aed001 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm,mps2-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +ARM MPS2 UART + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "arm,mps2-uart" +- reg : Address and length of the register set +- interrupts : Reference to the UART RX, TX and overrun interrupts + +Required clocking property: +- clocks : The input clock of the UART + + +Examples: + +uart0: serial@40004000 { + compatible = "arm,mps2-uart"; + reg = <0x40004000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 1 12>; + clocks = <&sysclk>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt index ed94c217c98d..1e82802d8e32 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Required properties: - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt Optional properties: -- fsl,uart-has-rtscts : Indicate the uart has rts and cts +- uart-has-rtscts : Indicate the uart has rts and cts - fsl,irda-mode : Indicate the uart supports irda mode - fsl,dte-mode : Indicate the uart works in DTE mode. The uart works in DCE mode by default. @@ -24,6 +24,6 @@ uart1: serial@73fbc000 { compatible = "fsl,imx51-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart"; reg = <0x73fbc000 0x4000>; interrupts = <31>; - fsl,uart-has-rtscts; + uart-has-rtscts; fsl,dte-mode; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt index 7c408c87e613..5c96d41899f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.txt @@ -1,8 +1,10 @@ * Freescale MXS Application UART (AUART) -Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-auart". The supported SoCs include - imx23 and imx28. +Required properties for all SoCs: +- compatible : Should be one of fallowing variants: + "fsl,imx23-auart" - Freescale i.MX23 + "fsl,imx28-auart" - Freescale i.MX28 + "alphascale,asm9260-auart" - Alphascale ASM9260 - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain the auart interrupt numbers - dmas: DMA specifier, consisting of a phandle to DMA controller node @@ -10,8 +12,14 @@ Required properties: Refer to dma.txt and fsl-mxs-dma.txt for details. - dma-names: "rx" for RX channel, "tx" for TX channel. +Required properties for "alphascale,asm9260-auart": +- clocks : the clocks feeding the watchdog timer. See clock-bindings.txt +- clock-names : should be set to + "mod" - source for tick counter. + "ahb" - ahb gate. + Optional properties: -- fsl,uart-has-rtscts : Indicate the UART has RTS and CTS lines +- uart-has-rtscts : Indicate the UART has RTS and CTS lines for hardware flow control, it also means you enable the DMA support for this UART. - {rts,cts,dtr,dsr,rng,dcd}-gpios: specify a GPIO for RTS/CTS/DTR/DSR/RI/DCD diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/microchip,pic32-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/microchip,pic32-uart.txt index 65b38bf60ae0..7a34345d0ca3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/microchip,pic32-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/microchip,pic32-uart.txt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Example: interrupts = <112 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <113 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <114 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - clocks = <&PBCLK2>; + clocks = <&rootclk PB2CLK>; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_uart1 &pinctrl_uart1_cts diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/mvebu-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mvebu-uart.txt index 6087defd9f93..6087defd9f93 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/mvebu-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mvebu-uart.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/serial.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fd970f76a7b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/serial.txt @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +Generic Serial DT Bindings + +This document lists a set of generic properties for describing UARTs in a +device tree. Whether these properties apply to a particular device depends on +the DT bindings for the actual device. + +Optional properties: + - cts-gpios: Must contain a GPIO specifier, referring to the GPIO pin to be + used as the UART's CTS line. + - dcd-gpios: Must contain a GPIO specifier, referring to the GPIO pin to be + used as the UART's DCD line. + - dsr-gpios: Must contain a GPIO specifier, referring to the GPIO pin to be + used as the UART's DSR line. + - dtr-gpios: Must contain a GPIO specifier, referring to the GPIO pin to be + used as the UART's DTR line. + - rng-gpios: Must contain a GPIO specifier, referring to the GPIO pin to be + used as the UART's RNG line. + - rts-gpios: Must contain a GPIO specifier, referring to the GPIO pin to be + used as the UART's RTS line. + + - uart-has-rtscts: The presence of this property indicates that the + UART has dedicated lines for RTS/CTS hardware flow control, and that + they are available for use (wired and enabled by pinmux configuration). + This depends on both the UART hardware and the board wiring. + Note that this property is mutually-exclusive with "cts-gpios" and + "rts-gpios" above. + + +Examples: + + uart1: serial@48022000 { + compatible = "ti,am3352-uart", "ti,omap3-uart"; + ti,hwmods = "uart2"; + clock-frequency = <48000000>; + reg = <0x48022000 0x2000>; + interrupts = <73>; + dmas = <&edma 28 0>, <&edma 29 0>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + dtr-gpios = <&gpio2 22 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + dsr-gpios = <&gpio2 23 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + dcd-gpios = <&gpio2 24 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + rng-gpios = <&gpio2 25 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + cts-gpios = <&gpio0 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + rts-gpios = <&gpio0 13 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + status = "okay"; + }; + + scifa4: serial@e6c80000 { + compatible = "renesas,scifa-sh73a0", "renesas,scifa"; + reg = <0xe6c80000 0x100>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 78 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp2_clks SH73A0_CLK_SCIFA4>; + clock-names = "fck"; + power-domains = <&pd_a3sp>; + uart-has-rtscts; + status = "okay"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt index 67e2a0aeb042..1e48bbbeecc6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ Required properties: - clocks : Should contain uart clock number Optional properties: -- sirf,uart-has-rtscts: we have hardware flow controller pins in hardware -- rts-gpios: RTS pin for USP-based UART if sirf,uart-has-rtscts is true -- cts-gpios: CTS pin for USP-based UART if sirf,uart-has-rtscts is true +- uart-has-rtscts: we have hardware flow controller pins in hardware +- rts-gpios: RTS pin for USP-based UART if uart-has-rtscts is true +- cts-gpios: CTS pin for USP-based UART if uart-has-rtscts is true Example: @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ On the board-specific dts, we can put rts-gpios and cts-gpios like usp@b0090000 { compatible = "sirf,prima2-usp-uart"; - sirf,uart-has-rtscts; + uart-has-rtscts; rts-gpios = <&gpio 15 0>; cts-gpios = <&gpio 46 0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt index d1ce21a4904d..64c66a5644e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Required properties: - queue-pools : child node classifying the queue ranges into pools. Queue ranges are grouped into 3 type of pools: - qpend : pool of qpend(interruptible) queues - - general-purpose : pool of general queues, primarly used + - general-purpose : pool of general queues, primarily used as free descriptor queues or the transmit DMA queues. - accumulator : pool of queues on PDSP accumulator channel @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Required properties: -- qrange : number of queues to use per queue range, specified as <"base queue #" "# of queues">. -- interrupts : Optional property to specify the interrupt mapping - for interruptible queues. The driver additionaly sets + for interruptible queues. The driver additionally sets the interrupt affinity hint based on the cpu mask. -- qalloc-by-id : Optional property to specify that the queues in this range can only be allocated by queue id. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Required properties: latency : time to delay the interrupt, specified in microseconds. -- multi-queue : Optional property to specify that the channel has to - monitor upto 32 queues starting at the base queue #. + monitor up to 32 queues starting at the base queue #. - descriptor-regions : child node describing the memory regions for keystone navigator packet DMA descriptors. The memory for descriptors will be allocated by the driver. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcbsp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcbsp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..55b53e1fd72c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcbsp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +Texas Instruments DaVinci McBSP module +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This binding describes the "Multi-channel Buffered Serial Port" (McBSP) +audio interface found in some TI DaVinci processors like the OMAP-L138 or AM180x. + + +Required properties: +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +- compatible : + "ti,da850-mcbsp" : for DA850, AM180x and OPAM-L138 platforms + +- reg : physical base address and length of the controller memory mapped + region(s). +- reg-names : Should contain: + * "mpu" for the main registers (required). + * "dat" for the data FIFO (optional). + +- dmas: three element list of DMA controller phandles, DMA request line and + TC channel ordered triplets. +- dma-names: identifier string for each DMA request line in the dmas property. + These strings correspond 1:1 with the ordered pairs in dmas. The dma + identifiers must be "rx" and "tx". + +Optional properties: +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +- interrupts : Interrupt numbers for McBSP +- interrupt-names : Known interrupt names are "rx" and "tx" + +- pinctrl-0: Should specify pin control group used for this controller. +- pinctrl-names: Should contain only one value - "default", for more details + please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt + +Example (AM1808): +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +mcbsp0: mcbsp@1d10000 { + compatible = "ti,da850-mcbsp"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&mcbsp0_pins>; + + reg = <0x00110000 0x1000>, + <0x00310000 0x1000>; + reg-names = "mpu", "dat"; + interrupts = <97 98>; + interrupts-names = "rx", "tx"; + dmas = <&edma0 3 1 + &edma0 2 1>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + status = "okay"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt index 044e5d76e2dd..740b467adf7d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ codec/DSP interfaces. Required properties: - - compatible : Compatible list, contains "fsl,vf610-sai" or - "fsl,imx6sx-sai". + - compatible : Compatible list, contains "fsl,vf610-sai", + "fsl,imx6sx-sai" or "fsl,imx6ul-sai" - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device. @@ -48,6 +48,11 @@ Required properties: receive data by following their own bit clocks and frame sync clocks separately. +Optional properties (for mx6ul): + + - fsl,sai-mclk-direction-output: This is a boolean property. If present, + indicates that SAI will output the SAI MCLK clock. + Note: - If both fsl,sai-asynchronous and fsl,sai-synchronous-rx are absent, the default synchronous mode (sync Rx with Tx) will be used, which means both diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98371.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98371.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6c285235e64b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98371.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +max98371 codec + +This device supports I2C mode only. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "maxim,max98371" +- reg : The chip select number on the I2C bus + +Example: + +&i2c { + max98371: max98371@0x31 { + compatible = "maxim,max98371"; + reg = <0x31>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5676.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5676.txt index f205ce9e31dd..ac28cdb4910e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5676.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5676.txt @@ -1,15 +1,16 @@ -MT8173 with RT5650 RT5676 CODECS +MT8173 with RT5650 RT5676 CODECS and HDMI via I2S Required properties: - compatible : "mediatek,mt8173-rt5650-rt5676" - mediatek,audio-codec: the phandles of rt5650 and rt5676 codecs + and of the hdmi encoder node - mediatek,platform: the phandle of MT8173 ASoC platform Example: sound { compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-rt5650-rt5676"; - mediatek,audio-codec = <&rt5650 &rt5676>; + mediatek,audio-codec = <&rt5650 &rt5676 &hdmi0>; mediatek,platform = <&afe>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650.txt index fe5a5ef1714d..5bfa6b60530b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650.txt @@ -5,11 +5,21 @@ Required properties: - mediatek,audio-codec: the phandles of rt5650 codecs - mediatek,platform: the phandle of MT8173 ASoC platform +Optional subnodes: +- codec-capture : the subnode of rt5650 codec capture +Required codec-capture subnode properties: +- sound-dai: audio codec dai name on capture path + <&rt5650 0> : Default setting. Connect rt5650 I2S1 for capture. (dai_name = rt5645-aif1) + <&rt5650 1> : Connect rt5650 I2S2 for capture. (dai_name = rt5645-aif2) + Example: sound { compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-rt5650"; mediatek,audio-codec = <&rt5650>; mediatek,platform = <&afe>; + codec-capture { + sound-dai = <&rt5650 1>; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt index 275c6ea356f6..44d27456e8a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Required properties: Example: -hda@0,70030000 { +hda@70030000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-hda", "nvidia,tegra30-hda"; reg = <0x0 0x70030000 0x0 0x10000>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 81 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm5102a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm5102a.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c63ab0b6ee19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm5102a.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +PCM5102a audio CODECs + +These devices does not use I2C or SPI. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : set as "ti,pcm5102a" + +Examples: + + pcm5102a: pcm5102a { + compatible = "ti,pcm5102a"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sti-asoc-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sti-asoc-card.txt index 028fa1c82f50..4d9a83d9a017 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sti-asoc-card.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sti-asoc-card.txt @@ -37,17 +37,18 @@ Required properties: - dai-name: DAI name that describes the IP. + - IP mode: IP working mode depending on associated codec. + "HDMI" connected to HDMI codec and support IEC HDMI formats (player only). + "SPDIF" connected to SPDIF codec and support SPDIF formats (player only). + "PCM" PCM standard mode for I2S or TDM bus. + "TDM" TDM mode for TDM bus. + Required properties ("st,sti-uni-player" compatibility only): - clocks: CPU_DAI IP clock source, listed in the same order than the CPU_DAI properties. - uniperiph-id: internal SOC IP instance ID. - - IP mode: IP working mode depending on associated codec. - "HDMI" connected to HDMI codec IP and IEC HDMI formats. - "SPDIF"connected to SPDIF codec and support SPDIF formats. - "PCM" PCM standard mode for I2S or TDM bus. - Optional properties: - pinctrl-0: defined for CPU_DAI@1 and CPU_DAI@4 to describe I2S PIOs for external codecs connection. @@ -56,6 +57,22 @@ Optional properties: Example: + sti_uni_player1: sti-uni-player@1 { + compatible = "st,sti-uni-player"; + status = "okay"; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core>; + clocks = <&clk_s_d0_flexgen CLK_PCM_1>; + reg = <0x8D81000 0x158>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 85 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + dmas = <&fdma0 3 0 1>; + st,dai-name = "Uni Player #1 (I2S)"; + dma-names = "tx"; + st,uniperiph-id = <1>; + st,version = <5>; + st,mode = "TDM"; + }; + sti_uni_player2: sti-uni-player@2 { compatible = "st,sti-uni-player"; status = "okay"; @@ -65,7 +82,7 @@ Example: reg = <0x8D82000 0x158>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 86 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; dmas = <&fdma0 4 0 1>; - dai-name = "Uni Player #1 (DAC)"; + dai-name = "Uni Player #2 (DAC)"; dma-names = "tx"; uniperiph-id = <2>; version = <5>; @@ -82,7 +99,7 @@ Example: interrupts = <GIC_SPI 89 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; dmas = <&fdma0 7 0 1>; dma-names = "tx"; - dai-name = "Uni Player #1 (PIO)"; + dai-name = "Uni Player #3 (SPDIF)"; uniperiph-id = <3>; version = <5>; mode = "SPDIF"; @@ -99,6 +116,7 @@ Example: dma-names = "rx"; dai-name = "Uni Reader #1 (HDMI RX)"; version = <3>; + st,mode = "PCM"; }; 2) sti-sas-codec: internal audio codec IPs driver @@ -152,4 +170,20 @@ Example of audio card declaration: sound-dai = <&sti_sasg_codec 0>; }; }; + simple-audio-card,dai-link@2 { + /* TDM playback */ + format = "left_j"; + frame-inversion = <1>; + cpu { + sound-dai = <&sti_uni_player1>; + dai-tdm-slot-num = <16>; + dai-tdm-slot-width = <16>; + dai-tdm-slot-tx-mask = + <1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1>; + }; + + codec { + sound-dai = <&sti_sasg_codec 3>; + }; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas571x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas571x.txt index 0ac31d8d5ac4..b4959f10b74b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas571x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas571x.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Texas Instruments TAS5711/TAS5717/TAS5719 stereo power amplifiers +Texas Instruments TAS5711/TAS5717/TAS5719/TAS5721 stereo power amplifiers The codec is controlled through an I2C interface. It also has two other signals that can be wired up to GPIOs: reset (strongly recommended), and @@ -6,7 +6,11 @@ powerdown (optional). Required properties: -- compatible: "ti,tas5711", "ti,tas5717", or "ti,tas5719" +- compatible: should be one of the following: + - "ti,tas5711", + - "ti,tas5717", + - "ti,tas5719", + - "ti,tas5721" - reg: The I2C address of the device - #sound-dai-cells: must be equal to 0 @@ -25,6 +29,8 @@ Optional properties: - PVDD_B-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_B supply (5711) - PVDD_C-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_C supply (5711) - PVDD_D-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD_D supply (5711) +- DRVDD-supply: regulator phandle for the DRVDD supply (5721) +- PVDD-supply: regulator phandle for the PVDD supply (5721) Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas5720.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas5720.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..806ea7381483 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas5720.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Texas Instruments TAS5720 Mono Audio amplifier + +The TAS5720 serial control bus communicates through the I2C protocol only. The +serial bus is also used for periodic codec fault checking/reporting during +audio playback. For more product information please see the links below: + +http://www.ti.com/product/TAS5720L +http://www.ti.com/product/TAS5720M + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "ti,tas5720" +- reg : I2C slave address +- dvdd-supply : phandle to a 3.3-V supply for the digital circuitry +- pvdd-supply : phandle to a supply used for the Class-D amp and the analog + +Example: + +tas5720: tas5720@6c { + status = "okay"; + compatible = "ti,tas5720"; + reg = <0x6c>; + dvdd-supply = <&vdd_3v3_reg>; + pvdd-supply = <&_supply_reg>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/microchip,spi-pic32.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/microchip,spi-pic32.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..79de379f4dc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/microchip,spi-pic32.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +Microchip PIC32 SPI Master controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "microchip,pic32mzda-spi". +- reg: Address and length of register space for the device. +- interrupts: Should contain all three spi interrupts in sequence + of <fault-irq>, <receive-irq>, <transmit-irq>. +- interrupt-names: Should be "fault", "rx", "tx" in order. +- clocks: Phandle of the clock generating SPI clock on the bus. +- clock-names: Should be "mck0". +- cs-gpios: Specifies the gpio pins to be used for chipselects. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt + +Optional properties: +- dmas: Two or more DMA channel specifiers following the convention outlined + in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt +- dma-names: Names for the dma channels. There must be at least one channel + named "spi-tx" for transmit and named "spi-rx" for receive. + +Example: + +spi1: spi@1f821000 { + compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-spi"; + reg = <0x1f821000 0x200>; + interrupts = <109 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <110 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <111 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "fault", "rx", "tx"; + clocks = <&PBCLK2>; + clock-names = "mck0"; + cs-gpios = <&gpio3 4 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + dmas = <&dma 134>, <&dma 135>; + dma-names = "spi-rx", "spi-tx"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt index 1ad0fe310ff9..ff5893d275a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ Required properties: Optional property: - big-endian: If present the dspi device's registers are implemented - in big endian mode, otherwise in native mode(same with CPU), for more - detail please see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regmap/regmap.txt. + in big endian mode. Optional SPI slave node properties: - fsl,spi-cs-sck-delay: a delay in nanoseconds between activating chip diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sqi-pic32.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sqi-pic32.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c82d021bce50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sqi-pic32.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Microchip PIC32 Quad SPI controller +----------------------------------- +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "microchip,pic32mzda-sqi". +- reg: Address and length of SQI controller register space. +- interrupts: Should contain SQI interrupt. +- clocks: Should contain phandle of two clocks in sequence, one that drives + clock on SPI bus and other that drives SQI controller. +- clock-names: Should be "spi_ck" and "reg_ck" in order. + +Example: + sqi1: spi@1f8e2000 { + compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-sqi"; + reg = <0x1f8e2000 0x200>; + clocks = <&rootclk REF2CLK>, <&rootclk PB5CLK>; + clock-names = "spi_ck", "reg_ck"; + interrupts = <169 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt index 227e3a341af1..add48f09015e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ sram: sram@5c000000 { compatible = "mmio-sram"; reg = <0x5c000000 0x40000>; /* 256 KiB SRAM at address 0x5c000000 */ - #adress-cells = <1>; + #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; ranges = <0 0x5c000000 0x40000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/nvidia,tegra124-soctherm.txt index 6b68cd150405..edebfa0a985e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/nvidia,tegra124-soctherm.txt @@ -26,10 +26,14 @@ Required properties : of this property. See <dt-bindings/thermal/tegra124-soctherm.h> for a list of valid values when referring to thermal sensors. +Note: +- the "critical" type trip points will be set to SOC_THERM hardware as the +shut down temperature. Once the temperature of this thermal zone is higher +than it, the system will be shutdown or reset by hardware. Example : - soctherm@0,700e2000 { + soctherm@700e2000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-soctherm"; reg = <0x0 0x700e2000 0x0 0x1000>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 48 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; @@ -51,5 +55,13 @@ Example: referring to thermal sensors : thermal-sensors = <&soctherm TEGRA124_SOCTHERM_SENSOR_CPU>; + + trips { + cpu_shutdown_trip: shutdown-trip { + temperature = <102500>; + hysteresis = <1000>; + type = "critical"; + }; + }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt index e5ee3f159893..a8e52c8ccfcc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt @@ -11,7 +11,6 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,thermal-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W) - "renesas,thermal-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H) - "renesas,thermal-r8a7793" (R-Car M2-N) - - "renesas,thermal-r8a7794" (R-Car E2) - reg : Address range of the thermal registers. The 1st reg will be recognized as common register if it has "interrupts". diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tango-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tango-thermal.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..212198d4b937 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tango-thermal.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +* Tango Thermal + +The SMP8758 SoC includes 3 instances of this temperature sensor +(in the CPU, video decoder, and PCIe controller). + +Required properties: +- #thermal-sensor-cells: Should be 0 (see thermal.txt) +- compatible: "sigma,smp8758-thermal" +- reg: Address range of the thermal registers + +Example: + + cpu_temp: thermal@920100 { + #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>; + compatible = "sigma,smp8758-thermal"; + reg = <0x920100 12>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-generic-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-generic-adc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d72355502b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-generic-adc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +General Purpose Analog To Digital Converter (ADC) based thermal sensor. + +On some of platforms, thermal sensor like thermistors are connected to +one of ADC channel and sensor resistance is read via voltage across the +sensor resistor. The voltage read across the sensor is mapped to +temperature using voltage-temperature lookup table. + +Required properties: +=================== +- compatible: Must be "generic-adc-thermal". +- temperature-lookup-table: Two dimensional array of Integer; lookup table + to map the relation between ADC value and + temperature. When ADC is read, the value is + looked up on the table to get the equivalent + temperature. + The first value of the each row of array is the + temperature in milliCelsius and second value of + the each row of array is the ADC read value. +- #thermal-sensor-cells: Should be 1. See ./thermal.txt for a description + of this property. + +Example : +#include <dt-bindings/thermal/thermal.h> + +i2c@7000c400 { + ads1015: ads1015@4a { + reg = <0x4a>; + compatible = "ads1015"; + sampling-frequency = <3300>; + #io-channel-cells = <1>; + }; +}; + +tboard_thermistor: thermal-sensor { + compatible = "generic-adc-thermal"; + #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>; + io-channels = <&ads1015 1>; + io-channel-names = "sensor-channel"; + temperature-lookup-table = < (-40000) 2578 + (-39000) 2577 + (-38000) 2576 + (-37000) 2575 + (-36000) 2574 + (-35000) 2573 + (-34000) 2572 + (-33000) 2571 + (-32000) 2569 + (-31000) 2568 + (-30000) 2567 + :::::::::: + 118000 254 + 119000 247 + 120000 240 + 121000 233 + 122000 226 + 123000 220 + 124000 214 + 125000 208>; +}; + +dummy_cool_dev: dummy-cool-dev { + compatible = "dummy-cooling-dev"; + #cooling-cells = <2>; /* min followed by max */ +}; + +thermal-zones { + Tboard { + polling-delay = <15000>; /* milliseconds */ + polling-delay-passive = <0>; /* milliseconds */ + thermal-sensors = <&tboard_thermistor>; + + trips { + therm_est_trip: therm_est_trip { + temperature = <40000>; + type = "active"; + hysteresis = <1000>; + }; + }; + + cooling-maps { + map0 { + trip = <&therm_est_trip>; + cooling-device = <&dummy_cool_dev THERMAL_NO_LIMIT THERMAL_NO_LIMIT>; + contribution = <100>; + }; + + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt index fb2ad0acedbd..7d7ce089b003 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt @@ -14,7 +14,6 @@ Optional properties: the second element is expected to be a handle to the USB3/SS PHY - phys: from the *Generic PHY* bindings - phy-names: from the *Generic PHY* bindings - - tx-fifo-resize: determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated. - snps,usb3_lpm_capable: determines if platform is USB3 LPM capable - snps,disable_scramble_quirk: true when SW should disable data scrambling. Only really useful for FPGA builds. @@ -38,6 +37,8 @@ Optional properties: - snps,dis_u2_susphy_quirk: when set core will disable USB2 suspend phy. - snps,dis_enblslpm_quirk: when set clears the enblslpm in GUSB2PHYCFG, disabling the suspend signal to the PHY. + - snps,dis_rxdet_inp3_quirk: when set core will disable receiver detection + in PHY P3 power state. - snps,is-utmi-l1-suspend: true when DWC3 asserts output signal utmi_l1_suspend_n, false when asserts utmi_sleep_n - snps,hird-threshold: HIRD threshold @@ -47,6 +48,8 @@ Optional properties: register for post-silicon frame length adjustment when the fladj_30mhz_sdbnd signal is invalid or incorrect. + - <DEPRECATED> tx-fifo-resize: determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated. + This is usually a subnode to DWC3 glue to which it is connected. dwc3@4a030000 { @@ -54,5 +57,4 @@ dwc3@4a030000 { reg = <0x4a030000 0xcfff>; interrupts = <0 92 4> usb-phy = <&usb2_phy>, <&usb3,phy>; - tx-fifo-resize; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.txt index ca164e71dd50..39acb084bce9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.txt @@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ Example device nodes: interrupts = <0 205 0x4>; phys = <&hs_phy>, <&ss_phy>; phy-names = "usb2-phy", "usb3-phy"; - tx-fifo-resize; dr_mode = "host"; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index 316412dc7913..a7440bcd67ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -23,11 +23,13 @@ amlogic Amlogic, Inc. ampire Ampire Co., Ltd. ams AMS AG amstaos AMS-Taos Inc. +analogix Analogix Semiconductor, Inc. apm Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM) aptina Aptina Imaging arasan Arasan Chip Systems arm ARM Ltd. armadeus ARMadeus Systems SARL +arrow Arrow Electronics artesyn Artesyn Embedded Technologies Inc. asahi-kasei Asahi Kasei Corp. aspeed ASPEED Technology Inc. @@ -60,6 +62,7 @@ cnxt Conexant Systems, Inc. compulab CompuLab Ltd. cortina Cortina Systems, Inc. cosmic Cosmic Circuits +creative Creative Technology Ltd crystalfontz Crystalfontz America, Inc. cubietech Cubietech, Ltd. cypress Cypress Semiconductor Corporation @@ -79,6 +82,7 @@ ebv EBV Elektronik edt Emerging Display Technologies eeti eGalax_eMPIA Technology Inc elan Elan Microelectronic Corp. +embest Shenzhen Embest Technology Co., Ltd. emmicro EM Microelectronic energymicro Silicon Laboratories (formerly Energy Micro AS) epcos EPCOS AG @@ -124,6 +128,7 @@ idt Integrated Device Technologies, Inc. ifi Ingenieurburo Fur Ic-Technologie (I/F/I) iom Iomega Corporation img Imagination Technologies Ltd. +inforce Inforce Computing ingenic Ingenic Semiconductor innolux Innolux Corporation intel Intel Corporation @@ -147,6 +152,7 @@ lsi LSI Corp. (LSI Logic) lltc Linear Technology Corporation marvell Marvell Technology Group Ltd. maxim Maxim Integrated Products +meas Measurement Specialties mediatek MediaTek Inc. melexis Melexis N.V. merrii Merrii Technology Co., Ltd. @@ -180,6 +186,7 @@ okaya Okaya Electric America, Inc. olimex OLIMEX Ltd. onion Onion Corporation onnn ON Semiconductor Corp. +ontat On Tat Industrial Company opencores OpenCores.org option Option NV ortustech Ortus Technology Co., Ltd. @@ -256,6 +263,7 @@ toradex Toradex AG toshiba Toshiba Corporation toumaz Toumaz tplink TP-LINK Technologies Co., Ltd. +tpk TPK U.S.A. LLC tronfy Tronfy tronsmart Tronsmart truly Truly Semiconductors Limited diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/bridge/anx7814.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/bridge/anx7814.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b2a22c28c9b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/bridge/anx7814.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +Analogix ANX7814 SlimPort (Full-HD Transmitter) +----------------------------------------------- + +The ANX7814 is an ultra-low power Full-HD (1080p60) SlimPort transmitter +designed for portable devices. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "analogix,anx7814" + - reg : I2C address of the device + - interrupt-parent : Should be the phandle of the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device + - interrupts : Should contain the INTP interrupt + - hpd-gpios : Which GPIO to use for hpd + - pd-gpios : Which GPIO to use for power down + - reset-gpios : Which GPIO to use for reset + +Optional properties: + + - dvdd10-supply : Regulator for 1.0V digital core power. + - Video port for HDMI input, using the DT bindings defined in [1]. + +[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + +Example: + + anx7814: anx7814@38 { + compatible = "analogix,anx7814"; + reg = <0x38>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>; + interrupts = <99 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; /* INTP */ + hpd-gpios = <&pio 36 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + pd-gpios = <&pio 33 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + reset-gpios = <&pio 98 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + port { + anx7814_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&hdmi0_out>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt index 8dab6fd024aa..107280ef0025 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt @@ -5,10 +5,12 @@ Required properties: - reg : Should contain WDT registers location and length - interrupts : Should contain WDT interrupt -Optional property: +Optional properties: - big-endian: If present the watchdog device's registers are implemented in big endian mode, otherwise in native mode(same with CPU), for more detail please see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regmap/regmap.txt. +- fsl,ext-reset-output: If present the watchdog device is configured to + assert its external reset (WDOG_B) instead of issuing a software reset. Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/microchip,pic32-dmt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/microchip,pic32-dmt.txt index 852f694f3177..49485f831373 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/microchip,pic32-dmt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/microchip,pic32-dmt.txt @@ -8,12 +8,12 @@ Required properties: - compatible: must be "microchip,pic32mzda-dmt". - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. -- clocks: phandle of parent clock (should be &PBCLK7). +- clocks: phandle of source clk. Should be <&rootclk PB7CLK>. Example: watchdog@1f800a00 { compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-dmt"; reg = <0x1f800a00 0x80>; - clocks = <&PBCLK7>; + clocks = <&rootclk PB7CLK>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/microchip,pic32-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/microchip,pic32-wdt.txt index d1401030e75c..f03a29a1b323 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/microchip,pic32-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/microchip,pic32-wdt.txt @@ -7,12 +7,12 @@ Required properties: - compatible: must be "microchip,pic32mzda-wdt". - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. -- clocks: phandle of source clk. should be <&LPRC> clk. +- clocks: phandle of source clk. Should be <&rootclk LPRCCLK>. Example: watchdog@1f800800 { compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-wdt"; reg = <0x1f800800 0x200>; - clocks = <&LPRC>; + clocks = <&rootclk LPRCCLK>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b9512f1eb80a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Renesas Watchdog Timer (WDT) Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "renesas,r8a7795-wdt", or "renesas,rcar-gen3-wdt" + + When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the SoC-specific + version corresponding to the platform first, followed by the generic + version. + +- reg : Should contain WDT registers location and length +- clocks : the clock feeding the watchdog timer. + +Optional properties: +- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds +- power-domains : the power domain the WDT belongs to + +Examples: + + wdt0: watchdog@e6020000 { + compatible = "renesas,r8a7795-wdt", "renesas,rcar-gen3-wdt"; + reg = <0 0xe6020000 0 0x0c>; + clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 402>; + power-domains = <&cpg>; + timeout-sec = <60>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt index 73b98dfbcea4..c63eea0c1c8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt @@ -236,6 +236,7 @@ certainly invest a bit more effort into libata core layer). CLOCK devm_clk_get() devm_clk_put() + devm_clk_hw_register() DMA dmam_alloc_coherent() @@ -267,6 +268,13 @@ IIO devm_iio_kfifo_free() devm_iio_trigger_alloc() devm_iio_trigger_free() + devm_iio_channel_get() + devm_iio_channel_release() + devm_iio_channel_get_all() + devm_iio_channel_release_all() + +INPUT + devm_input_allocate_device() IO region devm_release_mem_region() @@ -317,6 +325,9 @@ MEM devm_kvasprintf() devm_kzalloc() +MFD + devm_mfd_add_devices() + PCI pcim_enable_device() : after success, all PCI ops become managed pcim_pin_device() : keep PCI device enabled after release @@ -328,6 +339,8 @@ PHY PINCTRL devm_pinctrl_get() devm_pinctrl_put() + devm_pinctrl_register() + devm_pinctrl_unregister() PWM devm_pwm_get() diff --git a/Documentation/fb/udlfb.txt b/Documentation/fb/udlfb.txt index 57d2f2908b12..c985cb65dd06 100644 --- a/Documentation/fb/udlfb.txt +++ b/Documentation/fb/udlfb.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ pairing that with a hardware framebuffer (16MB) on the other end of the USB wire. That hardware framebuffer is able to drive the VGA, DVI, or HDMI monitor with no CPU involvement until a pixel has to change. -The CPU or other local resource does all the rendering; optinally compares the +The CPU or other local resource does all the rendering; optionally compares the result with a local shadow of the remote hardware framebuffer to identify the minimal set of pixels that have changed; and compresses and sends those pixels line-by-line via USB bulk transfers. @@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ means that from a hardware and fbdev software perspective, everything is good. At that point, a /dev/fb? interface will be present for user-mode applications to open and begin writing to the framebuffer of the DisplayLink device using standard fbdev calls. Note that if mmap() is used, by default the user mode -application must send down damage notifcations to trigger repaints of the +application must send down damage notifications to trigger repaints of the changed regions. Alternatively, udlfb can be recompiled with experimental defio support enabled, to support a page-fault based detection mechanism -that can work without explicit notifcation. +that can work without explicit notification. The most common client of udlfb is xf86-video-displaylink or a modified xf86-video-fbdev X server. These servers have no real DisplayLink specific diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt index e2b4a78ec543..f179b1fb26ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | - | powerpc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | TODO | | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt index 3dc24b0673c0..85777c5c6353 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | - | powerpc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | TODO | | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/README b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/README index 2d5622f60e11..a54788405429 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/README +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/README @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ A partial list of the supported mount options follows: same domain (e.g. running winbind or nss_ldap) and the server supports the Unix Extensions then the uid and gid can be retrieved from the server (and uid - and gid would not have to be specifed on the mount. + and gid would not have to be specified on the mount. For servers which do not support the CIFS Unix extensions, the default uid (and gid) returned on lookup of existing files will be the uid (gid) of the person diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt index 7bde64014a89..ce4587d257d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt @@ -79,6 +79,38 @@ These filesystems may be used for inspiration: - ext4: the fourth extended filesystem, see Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt +Handling Media Errors +--------------------- + +The libnvdimm subsystem stores a record of known media error locations for +each pmem block device (in gendisk->badblocks). If we fault at such location, +or one with a latent error not yet discovered, the application can expect +to receive a SIGBUS. Libnvdimm also allows clearing of these errors by simply +writing the affected sectors (through the pmem driver, and if the underlying +NVDIMM supports the clear_poison DSM defined by ACPI). + +Since DAX IO normally doesn't go through the driver/bio path, applications or +sysadmins have an option to restore the lost data from a prior backup/inbuilt +redundancy in the following ways: + +1. Delete the affected file, and restore from a backup (sysadmin route): + This will free the file system blocks that were being used by the file, + and the next time they're allocated, they will be zeroed first, which + happens through the driver, and will clear bad sectors. + +2. Truncate or hole-punch the part of the file that has a bad-block (at least + an entire aligned sector has to be hole-punched, but not necessarily an + entire filesystem block). + +These are the two basic paths that allow DAX filesystems to continue operating +in the presence of media errors. More robust error recovery mechanisms can be +built on top of this in the future, for example, involving redundancy/mirroring +provided at the block layer through DM, or additionally, at the filesystem +level. These would have to rely on the above two tenets, that error clearing +can happen either by sending an IO through the driver, or zeroing (also through +the driver). + + Shortcomings ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt index 30d2fcb32f72..9f94fe276dea 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt @@ -1,141 +1,26 @@ +Each mount of the devpts filesystem is now distinct such that ptys +and their indicies allocated in one mount are independent from ptys +and their indicies in all other mounts. -To support containers, we now allow multiple instances of devpts filesystem, -such that indices of ptys allocated in one instance are independent of indices -allocated in other instances of devpts. +All mounts of the devpts filesystem now create a /dev/pts/ptmx node +with permissions 0000. -To preserve backward compatibility, this support for multiple instances is -enabled only if: +To retain backwards compatibility the a ptmx device node (aka any node +created with "mknod name c 5 2") when opened will look for an instance +of devpts under the name "pts" in the same directory as the ptmx device +node. - - CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES=y, and - - '-o newinstance' mount option is specified while mounting devpts - -IOW, devpts now supports both single-instance and multi-instance semantics. - -If CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES=n, there is no change in behavior and -this referred to as the "legacy" mode. In this mode, the new mount options -(-o newinstance and -o ptmxmode) will be ignored with a 'bogus option' message -on console. - -If CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES=y and devpts is mounted without the -'newinstance' option (as in current start-up scripts) the new mount binds -to the initial kernel mount of devpts. This mode is referred to as the -'single-instance' mode and the current, single-instance semantics are -preserved, i.e PTYs are common across the system. - -The only difference between this single-instance mode and the legacy mode -is the presence of new, '/dev/pts/ptmx' node with permissions 0000, which -can safely be ignored. - -If CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES=y and 'newinstance' option is specified, -the mount is considered to be in the multi-instance mode and a new instance -of the devpts fs is created. Any ptys created in this instance are independent -of ptys in other instances of devpts. Like in the single-instance mode, the -/dev/pts/ptmx node is present. To effectively use the multi-instance mode, -open of /dev/ptmx must be a redirected to '/dev/pts/ptmx' using a symlink or -bind-mount. - -Eg: A container startup script could do the following: - - $ chmod 0666 /dev/pts/ptmx - $ rm /dev/ptmx - $ ln -s pts/ptmx /dev/ptmx - $ ns_exec -cm /bin/bash - - # We are now in new container - - $ umount /dev/pts - $ mount -t devpts -o newinstance lxcpts /dev/pts - $ sshd -p 1234 - -where 'ns_exec -cm /bin/bash' calls clone() with CLONE_NEWNS flag and execs -/bin/bash in the child process. A pty created by the sshd is not visible in -the original mount of /dev/pts. +As an option instead of placing a /dev/ptmx device node at /dev/ptmx +it is possible to place a symlink to /dev/pts/ptmx at /dev/ptmx or +to bind mount /dev/ptx/ptmx to /dev/ptmx. If you opt for using +the devpts filesystem in this manner devpts should be mounted with +the ptmxmode=0666, or chmod 0666 /dev/pts/ptmx should be called. Total count of pty pairs in all instances is limited by sysctls: kernel.pty.max = 4096 - global limit -kernel.pty.reserve = 1024 - reserve for initial instance +kernel.pty.reserve = 1024 - reserved for filesystems mounted from the initial mount namespace kernel.pty.nr - current count of ptys Per-instance limit could be set by adding mount option "max=<count>". This feature was added in kernel 3.4 together with sysctl kernel.pty.reserve. In kernels older than 3.4 sysctl kernel.pty.max works as per-instance limit. - -User-space changes ------------------- - -In multi-instance mode (i.e '-o newinstance' mount option is specified at least -once), following user-space issues should be noted. - -1. If -o newinstance mount option is never used, /dev/pts/ptmx can be ignored - and no change is needed to system-startup scripts. - -2. To effectively use multi-instance mode (i.e -o newinstance is specified) - administrators or startup scripts should "redirect" open of /dev/ptmx to - /dev/pts/ptmx using either a bind mount or symlink. - - $ mount -t devpts -o newinstance devpts /dev/pts - - followed by either - - $ rm /dev/ptmx - $ ln -s pts/ptmx /dev/ptmx - $ chmod 666 /dev/pts/ptmx - or - $ mount -o bind /dev/pts/ptmx /dev/ptmx - -3. The '/dev/ptmx -> pts/ptmx' symlink is the preferred method since it - enables better error-reporting and treats both single-instance and - multi-instance mounts similarly. - - But this method requires that system-startup scripts set the mode of - /dev/pts/ptmx correctly (default mode is 0000). The scripts can set the - mode by, either - - - adding ptmxmode mount option to devpts entry in /etc/fstab, or - - using 'chmod 0666 /dev/pts/ptmx' - -4. If multi-instance mode mount is needed for containers, but the system - startup scripts have not yet been updated, container-startup scripts - should bind mount /dev/ptmx to /dev/pts/ptmx to avoid breaking single- - instance mounts. - - Or, in general, container-startup scripts should use: - - mount -t devpts -o newinstance -o ptmxmode=0666 devpts /dev/pts - if [ ! -L /dev/ptmx ]; then - mount -o bind /dev/pts/ptmx /dev/ptmx - fi - - When all devpts mounts are multi-instance, /dev/ptmx can permanently be - a symlink to pts/ptmx and the bind mount can be ignored. - -5. A multi-instance mount that is not accompanied by the /dev/ptmx to - /dev/pts/ptmx redirection would result in an unusable/unreachable pty. - - mount -t devpts -o newinstance lxcpts /dev/pts - - immediately followed by: - - open("/dev/ptmx") - - would create a pty, say /dev/pts/7, in the initial kernel mount. - But /dev/pts/7 would be invisible in the new mount. - -6. The permissions for /dev/pts/ptmx node should be specified when mounting - /dev/pts, using the '-o ptmxmode=%o' mount option (default is 0000). - - mount -t devpts -o newinstance -o ptmxmode=0644 devpts /dev/pts - - The permissions can be later be changed as usual with 'chmod'. - - chmod 666 /dev/pts/ptmx - -7. A mount of devpts without the 'newinstance' option results in binding to - initial kernel mount. This behavior while preserving legacy semantics, - does not provide strict isolation in a container environment. i.e by - mounting devpts without the 'newinstance' option, a container could - get visibility into the 'host' or root container's devpts. - - To workaround this and have strict isolation, all mounts of devpts, - including the mount in the root container, should use the newinstance - option. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking b/Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking index 09bbf9a54f80..c314badbcfc6 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking @@ -1,30 +1,37 @@ Locking scheme used for directory operations is based on two -kinds of locks - per-inode (->i_mutex) and per-filesystem +kinds of locks - per-inode (->i_rwsem) and per-filesystem (->s_vfs_rename_mutex). - When taking the i_mutex on multiple non-directory objects, we + When taking the i_rwsem on multiple non-directory objects, we always acquire the locks in order by increasing address. We'll call that "inode pointer" order in the following. For our purposes all operations fall in 5 classes: 1) read access. Locking rules: caller locks directory we are accessing. +The lock is taken shared. -2) object creation. Locking rules: same as above. +2) object creation. Locking rules: same as above, but the lock is taken +exclusive. 3) object removal. Locking rules: caller locks parent, finds victim, -locks victim and calls the method. +locks victim and calls the method. Locks are exclusive. 4) rename() that is _not_ cross-directory. Locking rules: caller locks -the parent and finds source and target. If target already exists, lock -it. If source is a non-directory, lock it. If that means we need to -lock both, lock them in inode pointer order. +the parent and finds source and target. In case of exchange (with +RENAME_EXCHANGE in rename2() flags argument) lock both. In any case, +if the target already exists, lock it. If the source is a non-directory, +lock it. If we need to lock both, lock them in inode pointer order. +Then call the method. All locks are exclusive. +NB: we might get away with locking the the source (and target in exchange +case) shared. 5) link creation. Locking rules: * lock parent * check that source is not a directory * lock source * call the method. +All locks are exclusive. 6) cross-directory rename. The trickiest in the whole bunch. Locking rules: @@ -35,11 +42,12 @@ rules: fail with -ENOTEMPTY * if new parent is equal to or is a descendent of source fail with -ELOOP - * If target exists, lock it. If source is a non-directory, lock - it. In case that means we need to lock both source and target, - do so in inode pointer order. + * If it's an exchange, lock both the source and the target. + * If the target exists, lock it. If the source is a non-directory, + lock it. If we need to lock both, do so in inode pointer order. * call the method. - +All ->i_rwsem are taken exclusive. Again, we might get away with locking +the the source (and target in exchange case) shared. The rules above obviously guarantee that all directories that are going to be read, modified or removed by method will be locked by caller. @@ -73,7 +81,7 @@ objects - A < B iff A is an ancestor of B. attempt to acquire some lock and already holds at least one lock. Let's consider the set of contended locks. First of all, filesystem lock is not contended, since any process blocked on it is not holding any locks. -Thus all processes are blocked on ->i_mutex. +Thus all processes are blocked on ->i_rwsem. By (3), any process holding a non-directory lock can only be waiting on another non-directory lock with a larger address. Therefore diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt index 41c3d332acc9..5b21ef76f751 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt @@ -268,3 +268,8 @@ among NILFS2 files can be depicted as follows: ( regular file, directory, or symlink ) For detail on the format of each file, please see include/linux/nilfs2_fs.h. + +There are no patents or other intellectual property that we protect +with regard to the design of NILFS2. It is allowed to replicate the +design in hopes that other operating systems could share (mount, read, +write, etc.) data stored in this format. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt index 28091457b71a..d6259c786316 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt @@ -194,15 +194,6 @@ If a file with multiple hard links is copied up, then this will "break" the link. Changes will not be propagated to other names referring to the same inode. -Symlinks in /proc/PID/ and /proc/PID/fd which point to a non-directory -object in overlayfs will not contain valid absolute paths, only -relative paths leading up to the filesystem's root. This will be -fixed in the future. - -Some operations are not atomic, for example a crash during copy_up or -rename will leave the filesystem in an inconsistent state. This will -be addressed in the future. - Changes to underlying filesystems --------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt index 8aef91335701..106d17fbb05f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Main features of this FS include: * Read request (data read, directory listing, lookup requests) balancing between multiple servers. * Write requests are replicated to multiple servers and completed only when all of them are acked. * Ability to add and/or remove servers from the working set at run-time. - * Strong authentification and possible data encryption in network channel. + * Strong authentication and possible data encryption in network channel. * Extended attributes support. POHMELFS is based on transactions, which are potentially long-standing objects that live diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting b/Documentation/filesystems/porting index 46f3bb7a02f5..a5fb89cac615 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting @@ -578,3 +578,10 @@ in your dentry operations instead. -- [mandatory] ->atomic_open() calls without O_CREAT may happen in parallel. +-- +[mandatory] + ->setxattr() and xattr_handler.set() get dentry and inode passed separately. + dentry might be yet to be attached to inode, so do _not_ use its ->d_inode + in the instances. Rationale: !@#!@# security_d_instantiate() needs to be + called before we attach dentry to inode and !@#!@##!@$!$#!@#$!@$!@$ smack + ->d_instantiate() uses not just ->getxattr() but ->setxattr() as well. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index 7f5607a089b4..e8d00759bfa5 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt @@ -225,6 +225,7 @@ Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 4.1) TracerPid PID of process tracing this process (0 if not) Uid Real, effective, saved set, and file system UIDs Gid Real, effective, saved set, and file system GIDs + Umask file mode creation mask FDSize number of file descriptor slots currently allocated Groups supplementary group list NStgid descendant namespace thread group ID hierarchy diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt index 408679789136..4f3d6a882bdc 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ qnx6fs shares many properties with traditional Unix filesystems. It has the concepts of blocks, inodes and directories. On QNX it is possible to create little endian and big endian qnx6 filesystems. This feature makes it possible to create and use a different endianness fs -for the target (QNX is used on quite a range of embedded systems) plattform +for the target (QNX is used on quite a range of embedded systems) platform running on a different endianness. The Linux driver handles endianness transparently. (LE and BE) diff --git a/Documentation/firmware_class/README b/Documentation/firmware_class/README index 71f86859d7d8..cafdca8b3b15 100644 --- a/Documentation/firmware_class/README +++ b/Documentation/firmware_class/README @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ 1), kernel(driver): - calls request_firmware(&fw_entry, $FIRMWARE, device) - - kernel searchs the fimware image with name $FIRMWARE directly + - kernel searches the firmware image with name $FIRMWARE directly in the below search path of root filesystem: User customized search path by module parameter 'path'[1] "/lib/firmware/updates/" UTS_RELEASE, diff --git a/Documentation/gdb-kernel-debugging.txt b/Documentation/gdb-kernel-debugging.txt index 7050ce8794b9..4ab7d43d0754 100644 --- a/Documentation/gdb-kernel-debugging.txt +++ b/Documentation/gdb-kernel-debugging.txt @@ -139,6 +139,27 @@ Examples of using the Linux-provided gdb helpers start_comm = "swapper/2\000\000\000\000\000\000" } + o Dig into a radix tree data structure, such as the IRQ descriptors: + (gdb) print (struct irq_desc)$lx_radix_tree_lookup(irq_desc_tree, 18) + $6 = { + irq_common_data = { + state_use_accessors = 67584, + handler_data = 0x0 <__vectors_start>, + msi_desc = 0x0 <__vectors_start>, + affinity = {{ + bits = {65535} + }} + }, + irq_data = { + mask = 0, + irq = 18, + hwirq = 27, + common = 0xee803d80, + chip = 0xc0eb0854 <gic_data>, + domain = 0xee808000, + parent_data = 0x0 <__vectors_start>, + chip_data = 0xc0eb0854 <gic_data> + } <... trimmed ...> List of commands and functions ------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru index 915f32063a26..f1d4fe4c366c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Supported chips: 1) For revisions 2 and 3 uGuru's the driver can autodetect the sensortype (Volt or Temp) for bank1 sensors, for revision 1 uGuru's this doesnot always work. For these uGuru's the autodection can - be overriden with the bank1_types module param. For all 3 known + be overridden with the bank1_types module param. For all 3 known revison 1 motherboards the correct use of this param is: bank1_types=1,1,0,0,0,0,0,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,0,1 You may also need to specify the fan_sensors option for these boards diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 index f5b1fcaa9e4e..9ba6587b7657 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ Supported chips: * Maxim MAX34440 Prefixes: 'max34440' Addresses scanned: - - Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34440.pdf + Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX34440.pdf * Maxim MAX34441 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager and Intelligent Fan Controller Prefixes: 'max34441' Addresses scanned: - - Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34441.pdf + Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX34441.pdf * Maxim MAX34446 PMBus Power-Supply Data Logger Prefixes: 'max34446' Addresses scanned: - - Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34446.pdf + Datasheet: http://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX34446.pdf * Maxim MAX34460 PMBus 12-Channel Voltage Monitor & Sequencer Prefix: 'max34460' diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/i2c-topology b/Documentation/i2c/i2c-topology new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e0aefeece551 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/i2c/i2c-topology @@ -0,0 +1,370 @@ +I2C topology +============ + +There are a couple of reasons for building more complex i2c topologies +than a straight-forward i2c bus with one adapter and one or more devices. + +1. A mux may be needed on the bus to prevent address collisions. + +2. The bus may be accessible from some external bus master, and arbitration + may be needed to determine if it is ok to access the bus. + +3. A device (particularly RF tuners) may want to avoid the digital noise + from the i2c bus, at least most of the time, and sits behind a gate + that has to be operated before the device can be accessed. + +Etc + +These constructs are represented as i2c adapter trees by Linux, where +each adapter has a parent adapter (except the root adapter) and zero or +more child adapters. The root adapter is the actual adapter that issues +i2c transfers, and all adapters with a parent are part of an "i2c-mux" +object (quoted, since it can also be an arbitrator or a gate). + +Depending of the particular mux driver, something happens when there is +an i2c transfer on one of its child adapters. The mux driver can +obviously operate a mux, but it can also do arbitration with an external +bus master or open a gate. The mux driver has two operations for this, +select and deselect. select is called before the transfer and (the +optional) deselect is called after the transfer. + + +Locking +======= + +There are two variants of locking available to i2c muxes, they can be +mux-locked or parent-locked muxes. As is evident from below, it can be +useful to know if a mux is mux-locked or if it is parent-locked. The +following list was correct at the time of writing: + +In drivers/i2c/muxes/ +i2c-arb-gpio-challenge Parent-locked +i2c-mux-gpio Normally parent-locked, mux-locked iff + all involved gpio pins are controlled by the + same i2c root adapter that they mux. +i2c-mux-pca9541 Parent-locked +i2c-mux-pca954x Parent-locked +i2c-mux-pinctrl Normally parent-locked, mux-locked iff + all involved pinctrl devices are controlled + by the same i2c root adapter that they mux. +i2c-mux-reg Parent-locked + +In drivers/iio/ +imu/inv_mpu6050/ Mux-locked + +In drivers/media/ +dvb-frontends/m88ds3103 Parent-locked +dvb-frontends/rtl2830 Parent-locked +dvb-frontends/rtl2832 Mux-locked +dvb-frontends/si2168 Mux-locked +usb/cx231xx/ Parent-locked + + +Mux-locked muxes +---------------- + +Mux-locked muxes does not lock the entire parent adapter during the +full select-transfer-deselect transaction, only the muxes on the parent +adapter are locked. Mux-locked muxes are mostly interesting if the +select and/or deselect operations must use i2c transfers to complete +their tasks. Since the parent adapter is not fully locked during the +full transaction, unrelated i2c transfers may interleave the different +stages of the transaction. This has the benefit that the mux driver +may be easier and cleaner to implement, but it has some caveats. + +ML1. If you build a topology with a mux-locked mux being the parent + of a parent-locked mux, this might break the expectation from the + parent-locked mux that the root adapter is locked during the + transaction. + +ML2. It is not safe to build arbitrary topologies with two (or more) + mux-locked muxes that are not siblings, when there are address + collisions between the devices on the child adapters of these + non-sibling muxes. + + I.e. the select-transfer-deselect transaction targeting e.g. device + address 0x42 behind mux-one may be interleaved with a similar + operation targeting device address 0x42 behind mux-two. The + intension with such a topology would in this hypothetical example + be that mux-one and mux-two should not be selected simultaneously, + but mux-locked muxes do not guarantee that in all topologies. + +ML3. A mux-locked mux cannot be used by a driver for auto-closing + gates/muxes, i.e. something that closes automatically after a given + number (one, in most cases) of i2c transfers. Unrelated i2c transfers + may creep in and close prematurely. + +ML4. If any non-i2c operation in the mux driver changes the i2c mux state, + the driver has to lock the root adapter during that operation. + Otherwise garbage may appear on the bus as seen from devices + behind the mux, when an unrelated i2c transfer is in flight during + the non-i2c mux-changing operation. + + +Mux-locked Example +------------------ + + .----------. .--------. + .--------. | mux- |-----| dev D1 | + | root |--+--| locked | '--------' + '--------' | | mux M1 |--. .--------. + | '----------' '--| dev D2 | + | .--------. '--------' + '--| dev D3 | + '--------' + +When there is an access to D1, this happens: + + 1. Someone issues an i2c-transfer to D1. + 2. M1 locks muxes on its parent (the root adapter in this case). + 3. M1 calls ->select to ready the mux. + 4. M1 (presumably) does some i2c-transfers as part of its select. + These transfers are normal i2c-transfers that locks the parent + adapter. + 5. M1 feeds the i2c-transfer from step 1 to its parent adapter as a + normal i2c-transfer that locks the parent adapter. + 6. M1 calls ->deselect, if it has one. + 7. Same rules as in step 4, but for ->deselect. + 8. M1 unlocks muxes on its parent. + +This means that accesses to D2 are lockout out for the full duration +of the entire operation. But accesses to D3 are possibly interleaved +at any point. + + +Parent-locked muxes +------------------- + +Parent-locked muxes lock the parent adapter during the full select- +transfer-deselect transaction. The implication is that the mux driver +has to ensure that any and all i2c transfers through that parent +adapter during the transaction are unlocked i2c transfers (using e.g. +__i2c_transfer), or a deadlock will follow. There are a couple of +caveats. + +PL1. If you build a topology with a parent-locked mux being the child + of another mux, this might break a possible assumption from the + child mux that the root adapter is unused between its select op + and the actual transfer (e.g. if the child mux is auto-closing + and the parent mux issus i2c-transfers as part of its select). + This is especially the case if the parent mux is mux-locked, but + it may also happen if the parent mux is parent-locked. + +PL2. If select/deselect calls out to other subsystems such as gpio, + pinctrl, regmap or iio, it is essential that any i2c transfers + caused by these subsystems are unlocked. This can be convoluted to + accomplish, maybe even impossible if an acceptably clean solution + is sought. + + +Parent-locked Example +--------------------- + + .----------. .--------. + .--------. | parent- |-----| dev D1 | + | root |--+--| locked | '--------' + '--------' | | mux M1 |--. .--------. + | '----------' '--| dev D2 | + | .--------. '--------' + '--| dev D3 | + '--------' + +When there is an access to D1, this happens: + + 1. Someone issues an i2c-transfer to D1. + 2. M1 locks muxes on its parent (the root adapter in this case). + 3. M1 locks its parent adapter. + 4. M1 calls ->select to ready the mux. + 5. If M1 does any i2c-transfers (on this root adapter) as part of + its select, those transfers must be unlocked i2c-transfers so + that they do not deadlock the root adapter. + 6. M1 feeds the i2c-transfer from step 1 to the root adapter as an + unlocked i2c-transfer, so that it does not deadlock the parent + adapter. + 7. M1 calls ->deselect, if it has one. + 8. Same rules as in step 5, but for ->deselect. + 9. M1 unlocks its parent adapter. +10. M1 unlocks muxes on its parent. + + +This means that accesses to both D2 and D3 are locked out for the full +duration of the entire operation. + + +Complex Examples +================ + +Parent-locked mux as parent of parent-locked mux +------------------------------------------------ + +This is a useful topology, but it can be bad. + + .----------. .----------. .--------. + .--------. | parent- |-----| parent- |-----| dev D1 | + | root |--+--| locked | | locked | '--------' + '--------' | | mux M1 |--. | mux M2 |--. .--------. + | '----------' | '----------' '--| dev D2 | + | .--------. | .--------. '--------' + '--| dev D4 | '--| dev D3 | + '--------' '--------' + +When any device is accessed, all other devices are locked out for +the full duration of the operation (both muxes lock their parent, +and specifically when M2 requests its parent to lock, M1 passes +the buck to the root adapter). + +This topology is bad if M2 is an auto-closing mux and M1->select +issues any unlocked i2c transfers on the root adapter that may leak +through and be seen by the M2 adapter, thus closing M2 prematurely. + + +Mux-locked mux as parent of mux-locked mux +------------------------------------------ + +This is a good topology. + + .----------. .----------. .--------. + .--------. | mux- |-----| mux- |-----| dev D1 | + | root |--+--| locked | | locked | '--------' + '--------' | | mux M1 |--. | mux M2 |--. .--------. + | '----------' | '----------' '--| dev D2 | + | .--------. | .--------. '--------' + '--| dev D4 | '--| dev D3 | + '--------' '--------' + +When device D1 is accessed, accesses to D2 are locked out for the +full duration of the operation (muxes on the top child adapter of M1 +are locked). But accesses to D3 and D4 are possibly interleaved at +any point. Accesses to D3 locks out D1 and D2, but accesses to D4 +are still possibly interleaved. + + +Mux-locked mux as parent of parent-locked mux +--------------------------------------------- + +This is probably a bad topology. + + .----------. .----------. .--------. + .--------. | mux- |-----| parent- |-----| dev D1 | + | root |--+--| locked | | locked | '--------' + '--------' | | mux M1 |--. | mux M2 |--. .--------. + | '----------' | '----------' '--| dev D2 | + | .--------. | .--------. '--------' + '--| dev D4 | '--| dev D3 | + '--------' '--------' + +When device D1 is accessed, accesses to D2 and D3 are locked out +for the full duration of the operation (M1 locks child muxes on the +root adapter). But accesses to D4 are possibly interleaved at any +point. + +This kind of topology is generally not suitable and should probably +be avoided. The reason is that M2 probably assumes that there will +be no i2c transfers during its calls to ->select and ->deselect, and +if there are, any such transfers might appear on the slave side of M2 +as partial i2c transfers, i.e. garbage or worse. This might cause +device lockups and/or other problems. + +The topology is especially troublesome if M2 is an auto-closing +mux. In that case, any interleaved accesses to D4 might close M2 +prematurely, as might any i2c-transfers part of M1->select. + +But if M2 is not making the above stated assumption, and if M2 is not +auto-closing, the topology is fine. + + +Parent-locked mux as parent of mux-locked mux +--------------------------------------------- + +This is a good topology. + + .----------. .----------. .--------. + .--------. | parent- |-----| mux- |-----| dev D1 | + | root |--+--| locked | | locked | '--------' + '--------' | | mux M1 |--. | mux M2 |--. .--------. + | '----------' | '----------' '--| dev D2 | + | .--------. | .--------. '--------' + '--| dev D4 | '--| dev D3 | + '--------' '--------' + +When D1 is accessed, accesses to D2 are locked out for the full +duration of the operation (muxes on the top child adapter of M1 +are locked). Accesses to D3 and D4 are possibly interleaved at +any point, just as is expected for mux-locked muxes. + +When D3 or D4 are accessed, everything else is locked out. For D3 +accesses, M1 locks the root adapter. For D4 accesses, the root +adapter is locked directly. + + +Two mux-locked sibling muxes +---------------------------- + +This is a good topology. + + .--------. + .----------. .--| dev D1 | + | mux- |--' '--------' + .--| locked | .--------. + | | mux M1 |-----| dev D2 | + | '----------' '--------' + | .----------. .--------. + .--------. | | mux- |-----| dev D3 | + | root |--+--| locked | '--------' + '--------' | | mux M2 |--. .--------. + | '----------' '--| dev D4 | + | .--------. '--------' + '--| dev D5 | + '--------' + +When D1 is accessed, accesses to D2, D3 and D4 are locked out. But +accesses to D5 may be interleaved at any time. + + +Two parent-locked sibling muxes +------------------------------- + +This is a good topology. + + .--------. + .----------. .--| dev D1 | + | parent- |--' '--------' + .--| locked | .--------. + | | mux M1 |-----| dev D2 | + | '----------' '--------' + | .----------. .--------. + .--------. | | parent- |-----| dev D3 | + | root |--+--| locked | '--------' + '--------' | | mux M2 |--. .--------. + | '----------' '--| dev D4 | + | .--------. '--------' + '--| dev D5 | + '--------' + +When any device is accessed, accesses to all other devices are locked +out. + + +Mux-locked and parent-locked sibling muxes +------------------------------------------ + +This is a good topology. + + .--------. + .----------. .--| dev D1 | + | mux- |--' '--------' + .--| locked | .--------. + | | mux M1 |-----| dev D2 | + | '----------' '--------' + | .----------. .--------. + .--------. | | parent- |-----| dev D3 | + | root |--+--| locked | '--------' + '--------' | | mux M2 |--. .--------. + | '----------' '--| dev D4 | + | .--------. '--------' + '--| dev D5 | + '--------' + +When D1 or D2 are accessed, accesses to D3 and D4 are locked out while +accesses to D5 may interleave. When D3 or D4 are accessed, accesses to +all other devices are locked out. diff --git a/Documentation/infiniband/ipoib.txt b/Documentation/infiniband/ipoib.txt index f2cfe265e836..47c1dd9818f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/infiniband/ipoib.txt +++ b/Documentation/infiniband/ipoib.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Partitions and P_Keys main interface for a subinterface is in "parent." Child interface create/delete can also be done using IPoIB's - rtnl_link_ops, where childs created using either way behave the same. + rtnl_link_ops, where children created using either way behave the same. Datagram vs Connected modes diff --git a/Documentation/infiniband/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/infiniband/sysfs.txt index 3ecf0c3a133f..45bcafe6ff8a 100644 --- a/Documentation/infiniband/sysfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/infiniband/sysfs.txt @@ -56,6 +56,18 @@ SYSFS FILES ports/1/pkeys/10 contains the value at index 10 in port 1's P_Key table. + There is an optional "hw_counters" subdirectory that may be under either + the parent device or the port subdirectories or both. If present, + there are a list of counters provided by the hardware. They may match + some of the counters in the counters directory, but they often include + many other counters. In addition to the various counters, there will + be a file named "lifespan" that configures how frequently the core + should update the counters when they are being accessed (counters are + not updated if they are not being accessed). The lifespan is in milli- + seconds and defaults to 10 unless set to something else by the driver. + Users may echo a value between 0 - 10000 to the lifespan file to set + the length of time between updates in milliseconds. + MTHCA The Mellanox HCA driver also creates the files: diff --git a/Documentation/isa.txt b/Documentation/isa.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f232c26a40be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/isa.txt @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +ISA Drivers +----------- + +The following text is adapted from the commit message of the initial +commit of the ISA bus driver authored by Rene Herman. + +During the recent "isa drivers using platform devices" discussion it was +pointed out that (ALSA) ISA drivers ran into the problem of not having +the option to fail driver load (device registration rather) upon not +finding their hardware due to a probe() error not being passed up +through the driver model. In the course of that, I suggested a separate +ISA bus might be best; Russell King agreed and suggested this bus could +use the .match() method for the actual device discovery. + +The attached does this. For this old non (generically) discoverable ISA +hardware only the driver itself can do discovery so as a difference with +the platform_bus, this isa_bus also distributes match() up to the +driver. + +As another difference: these devices only exist in the driver model due +to the driver creating them because it might want to drive them, meaning +that all device creation has been made internal as well. + +The usage model this provides is nice, and has been acked from the ALSA +side by Takashi Iwai and Jaroslav Kysela. The ALSA driver module_init's +now (for oldisa-only drivers) become: + +static int __init alsa_card_foo_init(void) +{ + return isa_register_driver(&snd_foo_isa_driver, SNDRV_CARDS); +} + +static void __exit alsa_card_foo_exit(void) +{ + isa_unregister_driver(&snd_foo_isa_driver); +} + +Quite like the other bus models therefore. This removes a lot of +duplicated init code from the ALSA ISA drivers. + +The passed in isa_driver struct is the regular driver struct embedding a +struct device_driver, the normal probe/remove/shutdown/suspend/resume +callbacks, and as indicated that .match callback. + +The "SNDRV_CARDS" you see being passed in is a "unsigned int ndev" +parameter, indicating how many devices to create and call our methods +with. + +The platform_driver callbacks are called with a platform_device param; +the isa_driver callbacks are being called with a "struct device *dev, +unsigned int id" pair directly -- with the device creation completely +internal to the bus it's much cleaner to not leak isa_dev's by passing +them in at all. The id is the only thing we ever want other then the +struct device * anyways, and it makes for nicer code in the callbacks as +well. + +With this additional .match() callback ISA drivers have all options. If +ALSA would want to keep the old non-load behaviour, it could stick all +of the old .probe in .match, which would only keep them registered after +everything was found to be present and accounted for. If it wanted the +behaviour of always loading as it inadvertently did for a bit after the +changeover to platform devices, it could just not provide a .match() and +do everything in .probe() as before. + +If it, as Takashi Iwai already suggested earlier as a way of following +the model from saner buses more closely, wants to load when a later bind +could conceivably succeed, it could use .match() for the prerequisites +(such as checking the user wants the card enabled and that port/irq/dma +values have been passed in) and .probe() for everything else. This is +the nicest model. + +To the code... + +This exports only two functions; isa_{,un}register_driver(). + +isa_register_driver() register's the struct device_driver, and then +loops over the passed in ndev creating devices and registering them. +This causes the bus match method to be called for them, which is: + +int isa_bus_match(struct device *dev, struct device_driver *driver) +{ + struct isa_driver *isa_driver = to_isa_driver(driver); + + if (dev->platform_data == isa_driver) { + if (!isa_driver->match || + isa_driver->match(dev, to_isa_dev(dev)->id)) + return 1; + dev->platform_data = NULL; + } + return 0; +} + +The first thing this does is check if this device is in fact one of this +driver's devices by seeing if the device's platform_data pointer is set +to this driver. Platform devices compare strings, but we don't need to +do that with everything being internal, so isa_register_driver() abuses +dev->platform_data as a isa_driver pointer which we can then check here. +I believe platform_data is available for this, but if rather not, moving +the isa_driver pointer to the private struct isa_dev is ofcourse fine as +well. + +Then, if the the driver did not provide a .match, it matches. If it did, +the driver match() method is called to determine a match. + +If it did _not_ match, dev->platform_data is reset to indicate this to +isa_register_driver which can then unregister the device again. + +If during all this, there's any error, or no devices matched at all +everything is backed out again and the error, or -ENODEV, is returned. + +isa_unregister_driver() just unregisters the matched devices and the +driver itself. + +module_isa_driver is a helper macro for ISA drivers which do not do +anything special in module init/exit. This eliminates a lot of +boilerplate code. Each module may only use this macro once, and calling +it replaces module_init and module_exit. + +max_num_isa_dev is a macro to determine the maximum possible number of +ISA devices which may be registered in the I/O port address space given +the address extent of the ISA devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO index 52ef02b33da9..581c14bdd7be 100644 --- a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO @@ -290,12 +290,6 @@ Linux カーネルの開発プロセスは現在幾つかの異なるメイン - このプロセスはカーネルが 「準備ができた」と考えられるまで継続しま す。このプロセスはだいたい 6週間継続します。 - - 各リリースでの既知の後戻り問題(regression: このリリースの中で新規 - に作り込まれた問題を指す) はその都度 Linux-kernel メーリングリスト - に投稿されます。ゴールとしては、カーネルが 「準備ができた」と宣言 - する前にこのリストの長さをゼロに減らすことですが、現実には、数個の - 後戻り問題がリリース時にたびたび残ってしまいます。 - Andrew Morton が Linux-kernel メーリングリストにカーネルリリースについ て書いたことをここで言っておくことは価値があります- 「カーネルがいつリリースされるかは誰も知りません。なぜなら、これは現 diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt index c52856da0cad..db101857b2c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt @@ -241,9 +241,8 @@ comment "module support disabled" depends on !MODULES MODVERSIONS directly depends on MODULES, this means it's only visible if -MODULES is different from 'n'. The comment on the other hand is always -visible when MODULES is visible (the (empty) dependency of MODULES is -also part of the comment dependencies). +MODULES is different from 'n'. The comment on the other hand is only +visible when MODULES is set to 'n'. Kconfig syntax @@ -285,12 +284,17 @@ choices: "endchoice" This defines a choice group and accepts any of the above attributes as -options. A choice can only be of type bool or tristate, while a boolean -choice only allows a single config entry to be selected, a tristate -choice also allows any number of config entries to be set to 'm'. This -can be used if multiple drivers for a single hardware exists and only a -single driver can be compiled/loaded into the kernel, but all drivers -can be compiled as modules. +options. A choice can only be of type bool or tristate. If no type is +specified for a choice, it's type will be determined by the type of +the first choice element in the group or remain unknown if none of the +choice elements have a type specified, as well. + +While a boolean choice only allows a single config entry to be +selected, a tristate choice also allows any number of config entries +to be set to 'm'. This can be used if multiple drivers for a single +hardware exists and only a single driver can be compiled/loaded into +the kernel, but all drivers can be compiled as modules. + A choice accepts another option "optional", which allows to set the choice to 'n' and no entry needs to be selected. If no [symbol] is associated with a choice, then you can not have multiple diff --git a/Documentation/kdump/gdbmacros.txt b/Documentation/kdump/gdbmacros.txt index 9b9b454b048a..220d0a80ca2c 100644 --- a/Documentation/kdump/gdbmacros.txt +++ b/Documentation/kdump/gdbmacros.txt @@ -15,15 +15,16 @@ define bttnobp set $tasks_off=((size_t)&((struct task_struct *)0)->tasks) - set $pid_off=((size_t)&((struct task_struct *)0)->pids[1].pid_list.next) + set $pid_off=((size_t)&((struct task_struct *)0)->thread_group.next) set $init_t=&init_task set $next_t=(((char *)($init_t->tasks).next) - $tasks_off) + set var $stacksize = sizeof(union thread_union) while ($next_t != $init_t) set $next_t=(struct task_struct *)$next_t printf "\npid %d; comm %s:\n", $next_t.pid, $next_t.comm printf "===================\n" - set var $stackp = $next_t.thread.esp - set var $stack_top = ($stackp & ~4095) + 4096 + set var $stackp = $next_t.thread.sp + set var $stack_top = ($stackp & ~($stacksize - 1)) + $stacksize while ($stackp < $stack_top) if (*($stackp) > _stext && *($stackp) < _sinittext) @@ -31,13 +32,13 @@ define bttnobp end set $stackp += 4 end - set $next_th=(((char *)$next_t->pids[1].pid_list.next) - $pid_off) + set $next_th=(((char *)$next_t->thread_group.next) - $pid_off) while ($next_th != $next_t) set $next_th=(struct task_struct *)$next_th printf "\npid %d; comm %s:\n", $next_t.pid, $next_t.comm printf "===================\n" - set var $stackp = $next_t.thread.esp - set var $stack_top = ($stackp & ~4095) + 4096 + set var $stackp = $next_t.thread.sp + set var $stack_top = ($stackp & ~($stacksize - 1)) + stacksize while ($stackp < $stack_top) if (*($stackp) > _stext && *($stackp) < _sinittext) @@ -45,7 +46,7 @@ define bttnobp end set $stackp += 4 end - set $next_th=(((char *)$next_th->pids[1].pid_list.next) - $pid_off) + set $next_th=(((char *)$next_th->thread_group.next) - $pid_off) end set $next_t=(char *)($next_t->tasks.next) - $tasks_off end @@ -54,42 +55,44 @@ document bttnobp dump all thread stack traces on a kernel compiled with !CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER end +define btthreadstack + set var $pid_task = $arg0 + + printf "\npid %d; comm %s:\n", $pid_task.pid, $pid_task.comm + printf "task struct: " + print $pid_task + printf "===================\n" + set var $stackp = $pid_task.thread.sp + set var $stacksize = sizeof(union thread_union) + set var $stack_top = ($stackp & ~($stacksize - 1)) + $stacksize + set var $stack_bot = ($stackp & ~($stacksize - 1)) + + set $stackp = *((unsigned long *) $stackp) + while (($stackp < $stack_top) && ($stackp > $stack_bot)) + set var $addr = *(((unsigned long *) $stackp) + 1) + info symbol $addr + set $stackp = *((unsigned long *) $stackp) + end +end +document btthreadstack + dump a thread stack using the given task structure pointer +end + + define btt set $tasks_off=((size_t)&((struct task_struct *)0)->tasks) - set $pid_off=((size_t)&((struct task_struct *)0)->pids[1].pid_list.next) + set $pid_off=((size_t)&((struct task_struct *)0)->thread_group.next) set $init_t=&init_task set $next_t=(((char *)($init_t->tasks).next) - $tasks_off) while ($next_t != $init_t) set $next_t=(struct task_struct *)$next_t - printf "\npid %d; comm %s:\n", $next_t.pid, $next_t.comm - printf "===================\n" - set var $stackp = $next_t.thread.esp - set var $stack_top = ($stackp & ~4095) + 4096 - set var $stack_bot = ($stackp & ~4095) - - set $stackp = *($stackp) - while (($stackp < $stack_top) && ($stackp > $stack_bot)) - set var $addr = *($stackp + 4) - info symbol $addr - set $stackp = *($stackp) - end + btthreadstack $next_t - set $next_th=(((char *)$next_t->pids[1].pid_list.next) - $pid_off) + set $next_th=(((char *)$next_t->thread_group.next) - $pid_off) while ($next_th != $next_t) set $next_th=(struct task_struct *)$next_th - printf "\npid %d; comm %s:\n", $next_t.pid, $next_t.comm - printf "===================\n" - set var $stackp = $next_t.thread.esp - set var $stack_top = ($stackp & ~4095) + 4096 - set var $stack_bot = ($stackp & ~4095) - - set $stackp = *($stackp) - while (($stackp < $stack_top) && ($stackp > $stack_bot)) - set var $addr = *($stackp + 4) - info symbol $addr - set $stackp = *($stackp) - end - set $next_th=(((char *)$next_th->pids[1].pid_list.next) - $pid_off) + btthreadstack $next_th + set $next_th=(((char *)$next_th->thread_group.next) - $pid_off) end set $next_t=(char *)($next_t->tasks.next) - $tasks_off end @@ -101,7 +104,7 @@ end define btpid set var $pid = $arg0 set $tasks_off=((size_t)&((struct task_struct *)0)->tasks) - set $pid_off=((size_t)&((struct task_struct *)0)->pids[1].pid_list.next) + set $pid_off=((size_t)&((struct task_struct *)0)->thread_group.next) set $init_t=&init_task set $next_t=(((char *)($init_t->tasks).next) - $tasks_off) set var $pid_task = 0 @@ -113,29 +116,18 @@ define btpid set $pid_task = $next_t end - set $next_th=(((char *)$next_t->pids[1].pid_list.next) - $pid_off) + set $next_th=(((char *)$next_t->thread_group.next) - $pid_off) while ($next_th != $next_t) set $next_th=(struct task_struct *)$next_th if ($next_th.pid == $pid) set $pid_task = $next_th end - set $next_th=(((char *)$next_th->pids[1].pid_list.next) - $pid_off) + set $next_th=(((char *)$next_th->thread_group.next) - $pid_off) end set $next_t=(char *)($next_t->tasks.next) - $tasks_off end - printf "\npid %d; comm %s:\n", $pid_task.pid, $pid_task.comm - printf "===================\n" - set var $stackp = $pid_task.thread.esp - set var $stack_top = ($stackp & ~4095) + 4096 - set var $stack_bot = ($stackp & ~4095) - - set $stackp = *($stackp) - while (($stackp < $stack_top) && ($stackp > $stack_bot)) - set var $addr = *($stackp + 4) - info symbol $addr - set $stackp = *($stackp) - end + btthreadstack $pid_task end document btpid backtrace of pid @@ -145,7 +137,7 @@ end define trapinfo set var $pid = $arg0 set $tasks_off=((size_t)&((struct task_struct *)0)->tasks) - set $pid_off=((size_t)&((struct task_struct *)0)->pids[1].pid_list.next) + set $pid_off=((size_t)&((struct task_struct *)0)->thread_group.next) set $init_t=&init_task set $next_t=(((char *)($init_t->tasks).next) - $tasks_off) set var $pid_task = 0 @@ -157,13 +149,13 @@ define trapinfo set $pid_task = $next_t end - set $next_th=(((char *)$next_t->pids[1].pid_list.next) - $pid_off) + set $next_th=(((char *)$next_t->thread_group.next) - $pid_off) while ($next_th != $next_t) set $next_th=(struct task_struct *)$next_th if ($next_th.pid == $pid) set $pid_task = $next_th end - set $next_th=(((char *)$next_th->pids[1].pid_list.next) - $pid_off) + set $next_th=(((char *)$next_th->thread_group.next) - $pid_off) end set $next_t=(char *)($next_t->tasks.next) - $tasks_off end @@ -178,21 +170,92 @@ document trapinfo address the kernel panicked. end +define dump_log_idx + set $idx = $arg0 + if ($argc > 1) + set $prev_flags = $arg1 + else + set $prev_flags = 0 + end + set $msg = ((struct printk_log *) (log_buf + $idx)) + set $prefix = 1 + set $newline = 1 + set $log = log_buf + $idx + sizeof(*$msg) -define dmesg - set $i = 0 - set $end_idx = (log_end - 1) & (log_buf_len - 1) + # prev & LOG_CONT && !(msg->flags & LOG_PREIX) + if (($prev_flags & 8) && !($msg->flags & 4)) + set $prefix = 0 + end - while ($i < logged_chars) - set $idx = (log_end - 1 - logged_chars + $i) & (log_buf_len - 1) + # msg->flags & LOG_CONT + if ($msg->flags & 8) + # (prev & LOG_CONT && !(prev & LOG_NEWLINE)) + if (($prev_flags & 8) && !($prev_flags & 2)) + set $prefix = 0 + end + # (!(msg->flags & LOG_NEWLINE)) + if (!($msg->flags & 2)) + set $newline = 0 + end + end - if ($idx + 100 <= $end_idx) || \ - ($end_idx <= $idx && $idx + 100 < log_buf_len) - printf "%.100s", &log_buf[$idx] - set $i = $i + 100 + if ($prefix) + printf "[%5lu.%06lu] ", $msg->ts_nsec / 1000000000, $msg->ts_nsec % 1000000000 + end + if ($msg->text_len != 0) + eval "printf \"%%%d.%ds\", $log", $msg->text_len, $msg->text_len + end + if ($newline) + printf "\n" + end + if ($msg->dict_len > 0) + set $dict = $log + $msg->text_len + set $idx = 0 + set $line = 1 + while ($idx < $msg->dict_len) + if ($line) + printf " " + set $line = 0 + end + set $c = $dict[$idx] + if ($c == '\0') + printf "\n" + set $line = 1 + else + if ($c < ' ' || $c >= 127 || $c == '\\') + printf "\\x%02x", $c + else + printf "%c", $c + end + end + set $idx = $idx + 1 + end + printf "\n" + end +end +document dump_log_idx + Dump a single log given its index in the log buffer. The first + parameter is the index into log_buf, the second is optional and + specified the previous log buffer's flags, used for properly + formatting continued lines. +end + +define dmesg + set $i = log_first_idx + set $end_idx = log_first_idx + set $prev_flags = 0 + + while (1) + set $msg = ((struct printk_log *) (log_buf + $i)) + if ($msg->len == 0) + set $i = 0 else - printf "%c", log_buf[$idx] - set $i = $i + 1 + dump_log_idx $i $prev_flags + set $i = $i + $msg->len + set $prev_flags = $msg->flags + end + if ($i == $end_idx) + loop_break end end end diff --git a/Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt b/Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt index bc4bd5a44b88..88ff63d5fde3 100644 --- a/Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt +++ b/Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt @@ -263,12 +263,6 @@ The syntax is: crashkernel=<range1>:<size1>[,<range2>:<size2>,...][@offset] range=start-[end] -Please note, on arm, the offset is required. - crashkernel=<range1>:<size1>[,<range2>:<size2>,...]@offset - range=start-[end] - - 'start' is inclusive and 'end' is exclusive. - For example: crashkernel=512M-2G:64M,2G-:128M @@ -307,10 +301,9 @@ Boot into System Kernel on the memory consumption of the kdump system. In general this is not dependent on the memory size of the production system. - On arm, use "crashkernel=Y@X". Note that the start address of the kernel - will be aligned to 128MiB (0x08000000), so if the start address is not then - any space below the alignment point may be overwritten by the dump-capture kernel, - which means it is possible that the vmcore is not that precise as expected. + On arm, the use of "crashkernel=Y@X" is no longer necessary; the + kernel will automatically locate the crash kernel image within the + first 512MB of RAM if X is not given. Load the Dump-capture Kernel diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt b/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt index fe217c1c2f7f..1dafc52167b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt @@ -194,15 +194,15 @@ simple---most of the complexity (other than talking to the hardware) involves managing network packets in memory". - * Title: "Writing Linux Device Drivers" + * Title: "Linux Kernel Hackers' Guide" Author: Michael K. Johnson. - URL: http://users.evitech.fi/~tk/rtos/writing_linux_device_d.html - Keywords: files, VFS, file operations, kernel interface, character - vs block devices, I/O access, hardware interrupts, DMA, access to - user memory, memory allocation, timers. - Description: Introductory 50-minutes (sic) tutorial on writing - device drivers. 12 pages written by the same author of the "Kernel - Hackers' Guide" which give a very good overview of the topic. + URL: http://www.tldp.org/LDP/khg/HyperNews/get/khg.html + Keywords: device drivers, files, VFS, kernel interface, character vs + block devices, hardware interrupts, scsi, DMA, access to user memory, + memory allocation, timers. + Description: A guide designed to help you get up to speed on the + concepts that are not intuitevly obvious, and to document the internal + structures of Linux. * Title: "The Venus kernel interface" Author: Peter J. Braam. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ * Title: "Analysis of the Ext2fs structure" Author: Louis-Dominique Dubeau. - URL: http://www.nondot.org/sabre/os/files/FileSystems/ext2fs/ + URL: http://teaching.csse.uwa.edu.au/units/CITS2002/fs-ext2/ Keywords: ext2, filesystem, ext2fs. Description: Description of ext2's blocks, directories, inodes, bitmaps, invariants... @@ -266,14 +266,14 @@ * Title: "Kernel API changes from 2.0 to 2.2" Author: Richard Gooch. - URL: - http://www.linuxhq.com/guides/LKMPG/node28.html + URL: http://www.safe-mbox.com/~rgooch/linux/docs/porting-to-2.2.html Keywords: 2.2, changes. Description: Kernel functions/structures/variables which changed from 2.0.x to 2.2.x. * Title: "Kernel API changes from 2.2 to 2.4" Author: Richard Gooch. + URL: http://www.safe-mbox.com/~rgooch/linux/docs/porting-to-2.4.html Keywords: 2.4, changes. Description: Kernel functions/structures/variables which changed from 2.2.x to 2.4.x. @@ -609,6 +609,13 @@ Pages: 432. ISBN: 0-201-63338-8 + * Title: "Linux Kernel Development, 3rd Edition" + Author: Robert Love + Publisher: Addison-Wesley. + Date: July, 2010 + Pages: 440 + ISBN: 978-0672329463 + MISCELLANEOUS: * Name: linux/Documentation diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index 794403166a8f..82b42c958d1c 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -1054,6 +1054,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. the driver will use only 32-bit accessors to read/write the device registers. + meson,<addr> + Start an early, polled-mode console on a meson serial + port at the specified address. The serial port must + already be setup and configured. Options are not yet + supported. + msm_serial,<addr> Start an early, polled-mode console on an msm serial port at the specified address. The serial port @@ -1787,6 +1793,13 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. PCI device 00:14.0 write the parameter as: ivrs_hpet[0]=00:14.0 + ivrs_acpihid [HW,X86_64] + Provide an override to the ACPI-HID:UID<->DEVICE-ID + mapping provided in the IVRS ACPI table. For + example, to map UART-HID:UID AMD0020:0 to + PCI device 00:14.5 write the parameter as: + ivrs_acpihid[00:14.5]=AMD0020:0 + js= [HW,JOY] Analog joystick See Documentation/input/joystick.txt. @@ -2161,6 +2174,14 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. [KNL,SH] Allow user to override the default size for per-device physically contiguous DMA buffers. + memhp_default_state=online/offline + [KNL] Set the initial state for the memory hotplug + onlining policy. If not specified, the default value is + set according to the + CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTPLUG_DEFAULT_ONLINE kernel config + option. + See Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt. + memmap=exactmap [KNL,X86] Enable setting of an exact E820 memory map, as specified by the user. Such memmap=exactmap lines can be constructed based on @@ -2944,11 +2965,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. for broken drivers that don't call it. skip_isa_align [X86] do not align io start addr, so can handle more pci cards - firmware [ARM] Do not re-enumerate the bus but instead - just use the configuration from the - bootloader. This is currently used on - IXP2000 systems where the bus has to be - configured a certain way for adjunct CPUs. noearly [X86] Don't do any early type 1 scanning. This might help on some broken boards which machine check when some devices' config space diff --git a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO index 5a81b394b3b5..9a3e65924d54 100644 --- a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO @@ -236,9 +236,9 @@ Documentation/DocBook/ 디렉토리 내에서 만들어지며 PDF, Postscript, H - 새로운 커널이 배포되자마자 2주의 시간이 주어진다. 이 기간동은 메인테이너들은 큰 diff들을 Linus에게 제출할 수 있다. 대개 이 패치들은 몇 주 동안 -next 커널내에 이미 있었던 것들이다. 큰 변경들을 제출하는 데 - 선호되는 방법은 git(커널의 소스 관리 툴, 더 많은 정보들은 http://git.or.cz/ - 에서 참조할 수 있다)를 사용하는 것이지만 순수한 패치파일의 형식으로 보내는 - 것도 무관하다. + 선호되는 방법은 git(커널의 소스 관리 툴, 더 많은 정보들은 + http://git-scm.com/ 에서 참조할 수 있다)를 사용하는 것이지만 순수한 + 패치파일의 형식으로 보내는 것도 무관하다. - 2주 후에 -rc1 커널이 배포되며 지금부터는 전체 커널의 안정성에 영향을 미칠수 있는 새로운 기능들을 포함하지 않는 패치들만이 추가될 수 있다. 완전히 새로운 드라이버(혹은 파일시스템)는 -rc1 이후에만 받아들여진다는 @@ -253,8 +253,6 @@ Documentation/DocBook/ 디렉토리 내에서 만들어지며 PDF, Postscript, H 것이다. - 이러한 프로세스는 커널이 "준비(ready)"되었다고 여겨질때까지 계속된다. 프로세스는 대체로 6주간 지속된다. - - 각 -rc 배포에 있는 알려진 회귀의 목록들은 다음 URI에 남겨진다. - http://kernelnewbies.org/known_regressions 커널 배포에 있어서 언급할만한 가치가 있는 리눅스 커널 메일링 리스트의 Andrew Morton의 글이 있다. diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/toshiba_haps.txt b/Documentation/laptops/toshiba_haps.txt index 11dbcfdc9e7a..0c1d88dedbde 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/toshiba_haps.txt +++ b/Documentation/laptops/toshiba_haps.txt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Author: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> -------------- This driver provides support for the accelerometer found in various Toshiba -laptops, being called "Toshiba HDD Protection - Shock Sensor" officialy, +laptops, being called "Toshiba HDD Protection - Shock Sensor" officially, and detects laptops automatically with this device. On Windows, Toshiba provided software monitors this device and provides automatic HDD protection (head unload) on sudden moves or harsh vibrations, diff --git a/Documentation/lzo.txt b/Documentation/lzo.txt index ea45dd3901e3..285c54f66779 100644 --- a/Documentation/lzo.txt +++ b/Documentation/lzo.txt @@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ Description IMPORTANT NOTE : in the code some length checks are missing because certain instructions are called under the assumption that a certain number of bytes - follow because it has already been garanteed before parsing the instructions. + follow because it has already been guaranteed before parsing the instructions. They just have to "refill" this credit if they consume extra bytes. This is - an implementation design choice independant on the algorithm or encoding. + an implementation design choice independent on the algorithm or encoding. Byte sequences diff --git a/Documentation/md-cluster.txt b/Documentation/md-cluster.txt index c100c7163507..38883276d31c 100644 --- a/Documentation/md-cluster.txt +++ b/Documentation/md-cluster.txt @@ -316,3 +316,9 @@ The algorithm is: nodes are using the raid which is achieved by lock all bitmap locks within the cluster, and also those locks are unlocked accordingly. + +7. Unsupported features + +There are somethings which are not supported by cluster MD yet. + +- update size and change array_sectors. diff --git a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt index 443f4b44ad97..0d7cb955aa01 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt @@ -261,10 +261,11 @@ it according to the policy which can be read from "auto_online_blocks" file: % cat /sys/devices/system/memory/auto_online_blocks -The default is "offline" which means the newly added memory is not in a -ready-to-use state and you have to "online" the newly added memory blocks -manually. Automatic onlining can be requested by writing "online" to -"auto_online_blocks" file: +The default depends on the CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTPLUG_DEFAULT_ONLINE kernel config +option. If it is disabled the default is "offline" which means the newly added +memory is not in a ready-to-use state and you have to "online" the newly added +memory blocks manually. Automatic onlining can be requested by writing "online" +to "auto_online_blocks" file: % echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/auto_online_blocks diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/00-INDEX b/Documentation/mmc/00-INDEX index a9ba6720ffdf..4623bc0aa0bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/mmc/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/mmc/00-INDEX @@ -6,3 +6,5 @@ mmc-dev-parts.txt - info on SD and MMC device partitions mmc-async-req.txt - info on mmc asynchronous requests +mmc-tools.txt + - info on mmc-utils tools diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-tools.txt b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-tools.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..735509c165d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-tools.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +MMC tools introduction +====================== + +There is one MMC test tools called mmc-utils, which is maintained by Chris Ball, +you can find it at the below public git repository: +http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/cjb/mmc-utils.git/ + +Functions +========= + +The mmc-utils tools can do the following: + - Print and parse extcsd data. + - Determine the eMMC writeprotect status. + - Set the eMMC writeprotect status. + - Set the eMMC data sector size to 4KB by disabling emulation. + - Create general purpose partition. + - Enable the enhanced user area. + - Enable write reliability per partition. + - Print the response to STATUS_SEND (CMD13). + - Enable the boot partition. + - Set Boot Bus Conditions. + - Enable the eMMC BKOPS feature. + - Permanently enable the eMMC H/W Reset feature. + - Permanently disable the eMMC H/W Reset feature. + - Send Sanitize command. + - Program authentication key for the device. + - Counter value for the rpmb device will be read to stdout. + - Read from rpmb device to output. + - Write to rpmb device from data file. + - Enable the eMMC cache feature. + - Disable the eMMC cache feature. + - Print and parse CID data. + - Print and parse CSD data. + - Print and parse SCR data. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/can.txt b/Documentation/networking/can.txt index 6ab619fcc517..d58ff8467953 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/can.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/can.txt @@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: 7. SocketCAN resources ----------------------- - The Linux CAN / SocketCAN project ressources (project site / mailing list) + The Linux CAN / SocketCAN project resources (project site / mailing list) are referenced in the MAINTAINERS file in the Linux source tree. Search for CAN NETWORK [LAYERS|DRIVERS]. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.txt b/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.txt index 631b0f7ae16f..9d05ed7f7da5 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.txt @@ -369,8 +369,6 @@ does not allocate any driver private context space. Switch configuration -------------------- -- priv_size: additional size needed by the switch driver for its private context - - tag_protocol: this is to indicate what kind of tagging protocol is supported, should be a valid value from the dsa_tag_protocol enum @@ -416,11 +414,6 @@ PHY devices and link management to the switch port MDIO registers. If unavailable return a negative error code. -- poll_link: Function invoked by DSA to query the link state of the switch - builtin Ethernet PHYs, per port. This function is responsible for calling - netif_carrier_{on,off} when appropriate, and can be used to poll all ports in a - single call. Executes from workqueue context. - - adjust_link: Function invoked by the PHY library when a slave network device is attached to a PHY device. This function is responsible for appropriately configuring the switch port link parameters: speed, duplex, pause based on @@ -542,6 +535,16 @@ Bridge layer Bridge VLAN filtering --------------------- +- port_vlan_filtering: bridge layer function invoked when the bridge gets + configured for turning on or off VLAN filtering. If nothing specific needs to + be done at the hardware level, this callback does not need to be implemented. + When VLAN filtering is turned on, the hardware must be programmed with + rejecting 802.1Q frames which have VLAN IDs outside of the programmed allowed + VLAN ID map/rules. If there is no PVID programmed into the switch port, + untagged frames must be rejected as well. When turned off the switch must + accept any 802.1Q frames irrespective of their VLAN ID, and untagged frames are + allowed. + - port_vlan_prepare: bridge layer function invoked when the bridge prepares the configuration of a VLAN on the given port. If the operation is not supported by the hardware, this function should return -EOPNOTSUPP to inform the bridge diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt index b9a4edf21ade..683ada5ad81d 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ opcodes as defined in linux/filter.h stand for: mul 0, 4 A * <x> div 0, 4 A / <x> mod 0, 4 A % <x> - neg 0, 4 !A + neg !A and 0, 4 A & <x> or 0, 4 A | <x> xor 0, 4 A ^ <x> diff --git a/Documentation/networking/gen_stats.txt b/Documentation/networking/gen_stats.txt index ff630a87b511..179b18ce45ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/gen_stats.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/gen_stats.txt @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ struct mystruct { ... }; -Update statistics: +Update statistics, in dequeue() methods only, (while owning qdisc->running) mystruct->tstats.packet++; mystruct->qstats.backlog += skb->pkt_len; diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt index 6c7f365b1515..9ae929395b24 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt @@ -1036,15 +1036,17 @@ proxy_arp_pvlan - BOOLEAN shared_media - BOOLEAN Send(router) or accept(host) RFC1620 shared media redirects. - Overrides ip_secure_redirects. + Overrides secure_redirects. shared_media for the interface will be enabled if at least one of conf/{all,interface}/shared_media is set to TRUE, it will be disabled otherwise default TRUE secure_redirects - BOOLEAN - Accept ICMP redirect messages only for gateways, - listed in default gateway list. + Accept ICMP redirect messages only to gateways listed in the + interface's current gateway list. Even if disabled, RFC1122 redirect + rules still apply. + Overridden by shared_media. secure_redirects for the interface will be enabled if at least one of conf/{all,interface}/secure_redirects is set to TRUE, it will be disabled otherwise diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt index 9d4e33df624c..678189280bb4 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Overview: The IBM POWER-based pSeries and iSeries computers include PCI bus controller chips that have extended capabilities for detecting and reporting a large variety of PCI bus error conditions. These features -go under the name of "EEH", for "Extended Error Handling". The EEH +go under the name of "EEH", for "Enhanced Error Handling". The EEH hardware features allow PCI bus errors to be cleared and a PCI card to be "rebooted", without also having to reboot the operating system. diff --git a/Documentation/pps/pps.txt b/Documentation/pps/pps.txt index 7cb7264ad598..50022b3c8ebf 100644 --- a/Documentation/pps/pps.txt +++ b/Documentation/pps/pps.txt @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ pps_source_info_s as follows: }; and then calling the function pps_register_source() in your -intialization routine as follows: +initialization routine as follows: source = pps_register_source(&pps_ktimer_info, PPS_CAPTUREASSERT | PPS_OFFSETASSERT); diff --git a/Documentation/pwm.txt b/Documentation/pwm.txt index ca895fd211e4..789b27c6ec99 100644 --- a/Documentation/pwm.txt +++ b/Documentation/pwm.txt @@ -42,9 +42,26 @@ variants of these functions, devm_pwm_get() and devm_pwm_put(), also exist. After being requested, a PWM has to be configured using: -int pwm_config(struct pwm_device *pwm, int duty_ns, int period_ns); +int pwm_apply_state(struct pwm_device *pwm, struct pwm_state *state); -To start/stop toggling the PWM output use pwm_enable()/pwm_disable(). +This API controls both the PWM period/duty_cycle config and the +enable/disable state. + +The pwm_config(), pwm_enable() and pwm_disable() functions are just wrappers +around pwm_apply_state() and should not be used if the user wants to change +several parameter at once. For example, if you see pwm_config() and +pwm_{enable,disable}() calls in the same function, this probably means you +should switch to pwm_apply_state(). + +The PWM user API also allows one to query the PWM state with pwm_get_state(). + +In addition to the PWM state, the PWM API also exposes PWM arguments, which +are the reference PWM config one should use on this PWM. +PWM arguments are usually platform-specific and allows the PWM user to only +care about dutycycle relatively to the full period (like, duty = 50% of the +period). struct pwm_args contains 2 fields (period and polarity) and should +be used to set the initial PWM config (usually done in the probe function +of the PWM user). PWM arguments are retrieved with pwm_get_args(). Using PWMs with the sysfs interface ----------------------------------- @@ -105,6 +122,15 @@ goes low for the remainder of the period. Conversely, a signal with inversed polarity starts low for the duration of the duty cycle and goes high for the remainder of the period. +Drivers are encouraged to implement ->apply() instead of the legacy +->enable(), ->disable() and ->config() methods. Doing that should provide +atomicity in the PWM config workflow, which is required when the PWM controls +a critical device (like a regulator). + +The implementation of ->get_state() (a method used to retrieve initial PWM +state) is also encouraged for the same reason: letting the PWM user know +about the current PWM state would allow him to avoid glitches. + Locking ------- diff --git a/Documentation/robust-futexes.txt b/Documentation/robust-futexes.txt index af6fce23e484..61c22d608759 100644 --- a/Documentation/robust-futexes.txt +++ b/Documentation/robust-futexes.txt @@ -126,9 +126,9 @@ vma based method: - no VM changes are needed - 'struct address_space' is left alone. - - no registration of individual locks is needed: robust mutexes dont + - no registration of individual locks is needed: robust mutexes don't need any extra per-lock syscalls. Robust mutexes thus become a very - lightweight primitive - so they dont force the application designer + lightweight primitive - so they don't force the application designer to do a hard choice between performance and robustness - robust mutexes are just as fast. @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ and the remaining bits are for the TID. Testing, architecture support ----------------------------- -i've tested the new syscalls on x86 and x86_64, and have made sure the +I've tested the new syscalls on x86 and x86_64, and have made sure the parsing of the userspace list is robust [ ;-) ] even if the list is deliberately corrupted. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas index 18b570990040..00ffdf187f0b 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Release Date : Sat. Feb 9, 2013 17:00:00 PST 2013 - Current Version : 06.506.00.00-rc1 Old Version : 06.504.01.00-rc1 1. Add 4k FastPath DIF support. - 2. Dont load DevHandle unless FastPath enabled. + 2. Don't load DevHandle unless FastPath enabled. 3. Version and Changelog update. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Release Date : Mon. Oct 1, 2012 17:00:00 PST 2012 - @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Old Version : 00.00.06.12-rc1 1. Fix reglockFlags for degraded raid5/6 for MR 9360/9380. 2. Mask off flags in ioctl path to prevent memory scribble with older MegaCLI versions. - 3. Remove poll_mode_io module paramater, sysfs node, and associated code. + 3. Remove poll_mode_io module parameter, sysfs node, and associated code. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Release Date : Wed. Oct 5, 2011 17:00:00 PST 2010 - (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Old Version : 00.00.04.31-rc1 1. Add the Online Controller Reset (OCR) to the Driver. OCR is the new feature for megaraid_sas driver which will allow the fw to do the chip reset which will not - affact the OS behavious. + affect the OS behavior. To add the OCR support, driver need to do: a). reset the controller chips -- Xscale and Gen2 which @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Old Version : 00.00.04.31-rc1 failed state. Driver will kill adapter if can't bring back FW after the this three times reset. 4. Add the input parameter max_sectors to 1MB support to our GEN2 controller. - customer can use the input paramenter max_sectors to add 1MB support to GEN2 + customer can use the input parameter max_sectors to add 1MB support to GEN2 controller. 1 Release Date : Thur. Oct 29, 2009 09:12:45 PST 2009 - @@ -582,11 +582,11 @@ ii. Bug fix : Disable controller interrupt before firing INIT cmd to FW. 1 Release Date : Wed Feb 03 14:31:44 PST 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> 2 Current Version : 00.00.02.04 -3 Older Version : 00.00.02.04 +3 Older Version : 00.00.02.04 -i. Remove superflous instance_lock +i. Remove superfluous instance_lock - gets rid of the otherwise superflous instance_lock and avoids an unsave + gets rid of the otherwise superfluous instance_lock and avoids an unsafe unsynchronized access in the error handler. - Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> @@ -594,43 +594,43 @@ i. Remove superflous instance_lock 1 Release Date : Wed Feb 03 14:31:44 PST 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> 2 Current Version : 00.00.02.04 -3 Older Version : 00.00.02.04 +3 Older Version : 00.00.02.04 i. Support for 1078 type (ppc IOP) controller, device id : 0x60 added. - During initialization, depending on the device id, the template members - are initialized with function pointers specific to the ppc or - xscale controllers. + During initialization, depending on the device id, the template members + are initialized with function pointers specific to the ppc or + xscale controllers. -Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> -1 Release Date : Fri Feb 03 14:16:25 PST 2006 - Sumant Patro +1 Release Date : Fri Feb 03 14:16:25 PST 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> 2 Current Version : 00.00.02.04 -3 Older Version : 00.00.02.02 -i. Register 16 byte CDB capability with scsi midlayer +3 Older Version : 00.00.02.02 +i. Register 16 byte CDB capability with scsi midlayer - "This patch properly registers the 16 byte command length capability of the - megaraid_sas controlled hardware with the scsi midlayer. All megaraid_sas + "This patch properly registers the 16 byte command length capability of the + megaraid_sas controlled hardware with the scsi midlayer. All megaraid_sas hardware supports 16 byte CDB's." - -Joshua Giles <joshua_giles@dell.com> + -Joshua Giles <joshua_giles@dell.com> 1 Release Date : Mon Jan 23 14:09:01 PST 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> 2 Current Version : 00.00.02.02 -3 Older Version : 00.00.02.01 +3 Older Version : 00.00.02.01 -i. New template defined to represent each family of controllers (identified by processor used). - The template will have defintions that will be initialised to appropritae values for a specific family of controllers. The template definition has four function pointers. During driver initialisation the function pointers will be set based on the controller family type. This change is done to support new controllers that has different processors and thus different register set. +i. New template defined to represent each family of controllers (identified by processor used). + The template will have definitions that will be initialised to appropriate values for a specific family of controllers. The template definition has four function pointers. During driver initialisation the function pointers will be set based on the controller family type. This change is done to support new controllers that has different processors and thus different register set. -Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> 1 Release Date : Mon Dec 19 14:36:26 PST 2005 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> -2 Current Version : 00.00.02.00-rc4 -3 Older Version : 00.00.02.01 +2 Current Version : 00.00.02.00-rc4 +3 Older Version : 00.00.02.01 -i. Code reorganized to remove code duplication in megasas_build_cmd. +i. Code reorganized to remove code duplication in megasas_build_cmd. - "There's a lot of duplicate code megasas_build_cmd. Move that out of the different codepathes and merge the reminder of megasas_build_cmd into megasas_queue_command" + "There's a lot of duplicate code megasas_build_cmd. Move that out of the different codepaths and merge the reminder of megasas_build_cmd into megasas_queue_command" - Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/bfa.txt b/Documentation/scsi/bfa.txt index f2d6e9d1791e..3cc4d80d6092 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/bfa.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/bfa.txt @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ be found at: http://www.brocade.com/services-support/drivers-downloads/adapters/Linux.page -and then click following respective util pacakge link +and then click following respective util package link Version Link diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/tcm_qla2xxx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/tcm_qla2xxx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c3a670a25e2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/tcm_qla2xxx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +tcm_qla2xxx jam_host attribute +------------------------------ +There is now a new module endpoint atribute called jam_host +attribute: jam_host: boolean=0/1 +This attribute and accompanying code is only included if the +Kconfig parameter TCM_QLA2XXX_DEBUG is set to Y +By default this jammer code and functionality is disabled + +Use this attribute to control the discarding of SCSI commands to a +selected host. +This may be useful for testing error handling and simulating slow drain +and other fabric issues. + +Setting a boolean of 1 for the jam_host attribute for a particular host + will discard the commands for that host. +Reset back to 0 to stop the jamming. + +Enable host 4 to be jammed +echo 1 > /sys/kernel/config/target/qla2xxx/21:00:00:24:ff:27:8f:ae/tpgt_1/attrib/jam_host + +Disable jamming on host 4 +echo 0 > /sys/kernel/config/target/qla2xxx/21:00:00:24:ff:27:8f:ae/tpgt_1/attrib/jam_host diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys.txt b/Documentation/security/keys.txt index 20d05719bceb..3849814bfe6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/keys.txt @@ -826,7 +826,8 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are: (*) Compute a Diffie-Hellman shared secret or public key long keyctl(KEYCTL_DH_COMPUTE, struct keyctl_dh_params *params, - char *buffer, size_t buflen); + char *buffer, size_t buflen, + void *reserved); The params struct contains serial numbers for three keys: @@ -843,6 +844,8 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are: public key. If the base is the remote public key, the result is the shared secret. + The reserved argument must be set to NULL. + The buffer length must be at least the length of the prime, or zero. If the buffer length is nonzero, the length of the result is diff --git a/Documentation/security/self-protection.txt b/Documentation/security/self-protection.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..babd6378ec05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/security/self-protection.txt @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +# Kernel Self-Protection + +Kernel self-protection is the design and implementation of systems and +structures within the Linux kernel to protect against security flaws in +the kernel itself. This covers a wide range of issues, including removing +entire classes of bugs, blocking security flaw exploitation methods, +and actively detecting attack attempts. Not all topics are explored in +this document, but it should serve as a reasonable starting point and +answer any frequently asked questions. (Patches welcome, of course!) + +In the worst-case scenario, we assume an unprivileged local attacker +has arbitrary read and write access to the kernel's memory. In many +cases, bugs being exploited will not provide this level of access, +but with systems in place that defend against the worst case we'll +cover the more limited cases as well. A higher bar, and one that should +still be kept in mind, is protecting the kernel against a _privileged_ +local attacker, since the root user has access to a vastly increased +attack surface. (Especially when they have the ability to load arbitrary +kernel modules.) + +The goals for successful self-protection systems would be that they +are effective, on by default, require no opt-in by developers, have no +performance impact, do not impede kernel debugging, and have tests. It +is uncommon that all these goals can be met, but it is worth explicitly +mentioning them, since these aspects need to be explored, dealt with, +and/or accepted. + + +## Attack Surface Reduction + +The most fundamental defense against security exploits is to reduce the +areas of the kernel that can be used to redirect execution. This ranges +from limiting the exposed APIs available to userspace, making in-kernel +APIs hard to use incorrectly, minimizing the areas of writable kernel +memory, etc. + +### Strict kernel memory permissions + +When all of kernel memory is writable, it becomes trivial for attacks +to redirect execution flow. To reduce the availability of these targets +the kernel needs to protect its memory with a tight set of permissions. + +#### Executable code and read-only data must not be writable + +Any areas of the kernel with executable memory must not be writable. +While this obviously includes the kernel text itself, we must consider +all additional places too: kernel modules, JIT memory, etc. (There are +temporary exceptions to this rule to support things like instruction +alternatives, breakpoints, kprobes, etc. If these must exist in a +kernel, they are implemented in a way where the memory is temporarily +made writable during the update, and then returned to the original +permissions.) + +In support of this are (the poorly named) CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA and +CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX, which seek to make sure that code is not +writable, data is not executable, and read-only data is neither writable +nor executable. + +#### Function pointers and sensitive variables must not be writable + +Vast areas of kernel memory contain function pointers that are looked +up by the kernel and used to continue execution (e.g. descriptor/vector +tables, file/network/etc operation structures, etc). The number of these +variables must be reduced to an absolute minimum. + +Many such variables can be made read-only by setting them "const" +so that they live in the .rodata section instead of the .data section +of the kernel, gaining the protection of the kernel's strict memory +permissions as described above. + +For variables that are initialized once at __init time, these can +be marked with the (new and under development) __ro_after_init +attribute. + +What remains are variables that are updated rarely (e.g. GDT). These +will need another infrastructure (similar to the temporary exceptions +made to kernel code mentioned above) that allow them to spend the rest +of their lifetime read-only. (For example, when being updated, only the +CPU thread performing the update would be given uninterruptible write +access to the memory.) + +#### Segregation of kernel memory from userspace memory + +The kernel must never execute userspace memory. The kernel must also never +access userspace memory without explicit expectation to do so. These +rules can be enforced either by support of hardware-based restrictions +(x86's SMEP/SMAP, ARM's PXN/PAN) or via emulation (ARM's Memory Domains). +By blocking userspace memory in this way, execution and data parsing +cannot be passed to trivially-controlled userspace memory, forcing +attacks to operate entirely in kernel memory. + +### Reduced access to syscalls + +One trivial way to eliminate many syscalls for 64-bit systems is building +without CONFIG_COMPAT. However, this is rarely a feasible scenario. + +The "seccomp" system provides an opt-in feature made available to +userspace, which provides a way to reduce the number of kernel entry +points available to a running process. This limits the breadth of kernel +code that can be reached, possibly reducing the availability of a given +bug to an attack. + +An area of improvement would be creating viable ways to keep access to +things like compat, user namespaces, BPF creation, and perf limited only +to trusted processes. This would keep the scope of kernel entry points +restricted to the more regular set of normally available to unprivileged +userspace. + +### Restricting access to kernel modules + +The kernel should never allow an unprivileged user the ability to +load specific kernel modules, since that would provide a facility to +unexpectedly extend the available attack surface. (The on-demand loading +of modules via their predefined subsystems, e.g. MODULE_ALIAS_*, is +considered "expected" here, though additional consideration should be +given even to these.) For example, loading a filesystem module via an +unprivileged socket API is nonsense: only the root or physically local +user should trigger filesystem module loading. (And even this can be up +for debate in some scenarios.) + +To protect against even privileged users, systems may need to either +disable module loading entirely (e.g. monolithic kernel builds or +modules_disabled sysctl), or provide signed modules (e.g. +CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_FORCE, or dm-crypt with LoadPin), to keep from having +root load arbitrary kernel code via the module loader interface. + + +## Memory integrity + +There are many memory structures in the kernel that are regularly abused +to gain execution control during an attack, By far the most commonly +understood is that of the stack buffer overflow in which the return +address stored on the stack is overwritten. Many other examples of this +kind of attack exist, and protections exist to defend against them. + +### Stack buffer overflow + +The classic stack buffer overflow involves writing past the expected end +of a variable stored on the stack, ultimately writing a controlled value +to the stack frame's stored return address. The most widely used defense +is the presence of a stack canary between the stack variables and the +return address (CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR), which is verified just before +the function returns. Other defenses include things like shadow stacks. + +### Stack depth overflow + +A less well understood attack is using a bug that triggers the +kernel to consume stack memory with deep function calls or large stack +allocations. With this attack it is possible to write beyond the end of +the kernel's preallocated stack space and into sensitive structures. Two +important changes need to be made for better protections: moving the +sensitive thread_info structure elsewhere, and adding a faulting memory +hole at the bottom of the stack to catch these overflows. + +### Heap memory integrity + +The structures used to track heap free lists can be sanity-checked during +allocation and freeing to make sure they aren't being used to manipulate +other memory areas. + +### Counter integrity + +Many places in the kernel use atomic counters to track object references +or perform similar lifetime management. When these counters can be made +to wrap (over or under) this traditionally exposes a use-after-free +flaw. By trapping atomic wrapping, this class of bug vanishes. + +### Size calculation overflow detection + +Similar to counter overflow, integer overflows (usually size calculations) +need to be detected at runtime to kill this class of bug, which +traditionally leads to being able to write past the end of kernel buffers. + + +## Statistical defenses + +While many protections can be considered deterministic (e.g. read-only +memory cannot be written to), some protections provide only statistical +defense, in that an attack must gather enough information about a +running system to overcome the defense. While not perfect, these do +provide meaningful defenses. + +### Canaries, blinding, and other secrets + +It should be noted that things like the stack canary discussed earlier +are technically statistical defenses, since they rely on a (leakable) +secret value. + +Blinding literal values for things like JITs, where the executable +contents may be partially under the control of userspace, need a similar +secret value. + +It is critical that the secret values used must be separate (e.g. +different canary per stack) and high entropy (e.g. is the RNG actually +working?) in order to maximize their success. + +### Kernel Address Space Layout Randomization (KASLR) + +Since the location of kernel memory is almost always instrumental in +mounting a successful attack, making the location non-deterministic +raises the difficulty of an exploit. (Note that this in turn makes +the value of leaks higher, since they may be used to discover desired +memory locations.) + +#### Text and module base + +By relocating the physical and virtual base address of the kernel at +boot-time (CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_BASE), attacks needing kernel code will be +frustrated. Additionally, offsetting the module loading base address +means that even systems that load the same set of modules in the same +order every boot will not share a common base address with the rest of +the kernel text. + +#### Stack base + +If the base address of the kernel stack is not the same between processes, +or even not the same between syscalls, targets on or beyond the stack +become more difficult to locate. + +#### Dynamic memory base + +Much of the kernel's dynamic memory (e.g. kmalloc, vmalloc, etc) ends up +being relatively deterministic in layout due to the order of early-boot +initializations. If the base address of these areas is not the same +between boots, targeting them is frustrated, requiring a leak specific +to the region. + + +## Preventing Leaks + +Since the locations of sensitive structures are the primary target for +attacks, it is important to defend against leaks of both kernel memory +addresses and kernel memory contents (since they may contain kernel +addresses or other sensitive things like canary values). + +### Unique identifiers + +Kernel memory addresses must never be used as identifiers exposed to +userspace. Instead, use an atomic counter, an idr, or similar unique +identifier. + +### Memory initialization + +Memory copied to userspace must always be fully initialized. If not +explicitly memset(), this will require changes to the compiler to make +sure structure holes are cleared. + +### Memory poisoning + +When releasing memory, it is best to poison the contents (clear stack on +syscall return, wipe heap memory on a free), to avoid reuse attacks that +rely on the old contents of memory. This frustrates many uninitialized +variable attacks, stack info leaks, heap info leaks, and use-after-free +attacks. + +### Destination tracking + +To help kill classes of bugs that result in kernel addresses being +written to userspace, the destination of writes needs to be tracked. If +the buffer is destined for userspace (e.g. seq_file backed /proc files), +it should automatically censor sensitive values. diff --git a/Documentation/serial/driver b/Documentation/serial/driver index 379468e12680..da193e092fc3 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/driver +++ b/Documentation/serial/driver @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ The serial core provides a few helper functions. This includes identifing the correct port structure (via uart_get_console) and decoding command line arguments (uart_parse_options). -There is also a helper function (uart_write_console) which performs a +There is also a helper function (uart_console_write) which performs a character by character write, translating newlines to CRLF sequences. Driver writers are recommended to use this function rather than implementing their own version. @@ -41,27 +41,23 @@ It is the responsibility of the low level hardware driver to perform the necessary locking using port->lock. There are some exceptions (which are described in the uart_ops listing below.) -There are three locks. A per-port spinlock, a per-port tmpbuf semaphore, -and an overall semaphore. +There are two locks. A per-port spinlock, and an overall semaphore. From the core driver perspective, the port->lock locks the following data: port->mctrl port->icount - info->xmit.head (circ->head) - info->xmit.tail (circ->tail) + port->state->xmit.head (circ_buf->head) + port->state->xmit.tail (circ_buf->tail) The low level driver is free to use this lock to provide any additional locking. -The core driver uses the info->tmpbuf_sem lock to prevent multi-threaded -access to the info->tmpbuf bouncebuffer used for port writes. - The port_sem semaphore is used to protect against ports being added/ removed or reconfigured at inappropriate times. Since v2.6.27, this semaphore has been the 'mutex' member of the tty_port struct, and -commonly referred to as the port mutex (or port->mutex). +commonly referred to as the port mutex. uart_ops @@ -135,6 +131,24 @@ hardware. Interrupts: locally disabled. This call must not sleep + throttle(port) + Notify the serial driver that input buffers for the line discipline are + close to full, and it should somehow signal that no more characters + should be sent to the serial port. + This will be called only if hardware assisted flow control is enabled. + + Locking: serialized with .unthrottle() and termios modification by the + tty layer. + + unthrottle(port) + Notify the serial driver that characters can now be sent to the serial + port without fear of overrunning the input buffers of the line + disciplines. + This will be called only if hardware assisted flow control is enabled. + + Locking: serialized with .throttle() and termios modification by the + tty layer. + send_xchar(port,ch) Transmit a high priority character, even if the port is stopped. This is used to implement XON/XOFF flow control and tcflow(). If @@ -172,9 +186,7 @@ hardware. should be terminated when another call is made with a zero ctl. - Locking: none. - Interrupts: caller dependent. - This call must not sleep + Locking: caller holds tty_port->mutex startup(port) Grab any interrupt resources and initialise any low level driver @@ -192,7 +204,7 @@ hardware. RTS nor DTR; this will have already been done via a separate call to set_mctrl. - Drivers must not access port->info once this call has completed. + Drivers must not access port->state once this call has completed. This method will only be called when there are no more users of this port. @@ -204,7 +216,7 @@ hardware. Flush any write buffers, reset any DMA state and stop any ongoing DMA transfers. - This will be called whenever the port->info->xmit circular + This will be called whenever the port->state->xmit circular buffer is cleared. Locking: port->lock taken. @@ -250,10 +262,15 @@ hardware. Other flags may be used (eg, xon/xoff characters) if your hardware supports hardware "soft" flow control. - Locking: caller holds port->mutex + Locking: caller holds tty_port->mutex Interrupts: caller dependent. This call must not sleep + set_ldisc(port,termios) + Notifier for discipline change. See Documentation/serial/tty.txt. + + Locking: caller holds tty_port->mutex + pm(port,state,oldstate) Perform any power management related activities on the specified port. State indicates the new state (defined by @@ -371,7 +388,7 @@ uart_get_baud_rate(port,termios,old,min,max) Interrupts: n/a uart_get_divisor(port,baud) - Return the divsor (baud_base / baud) for the specified baud + Return the divisor (baud_base / baud) for the specified baud rate, appropriately rounded. If 38400 baud and custom divisor is selected, return the @@ -449,11 +466,12 @@ mctrl_gpio_init(port, idx): mctrl_gpio_free(dev, gpios): This will free the requested gpios in mctrl_gpio_init(). - As devm_* function are used, there's generally no need to call + As devm_* functions are used, there's generally no need to call this function. mctrl_gpio_to_gpiod(gpios, gidx) - This returns the gpio structure associated to the modem line index. + This returns the gpio_desc structure associated to the modem line + index. mctrl_gpio_set(gpios, mctrl): This will sets the gpios according to the mctrl state. diff --git a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt index 798cba82c762..b48780977a68 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt +++ b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt @@ -210,9 +210,6 @@ TTY_IO_ERROR If set, causes all subsequent userspace read/write TTY_OTHER_CLOSED Device is a pty and the other side has closed. -TTY_OTHER_DONE Device is a pty and the other side has closed and - all pending input processing has been completed. - TTY_NO_WRITE_SPLIT Prevent driver from splitting up writes into smaller chunks. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt index e7193aac669c..d4510ebf2e8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt @@ -655,17 +655,6 @@ development branches in general while the development for the current and next kernels are found in for-linus and for-next branches, respectively. -If you are using the latest Linus tree, it'd be better to pull the -above GIT tree onto it. If you are using the older kernels, an easy -way to try the latest ALSA code is to build from the snapshot -tarball. There are daily tarballs and the latest snapshot tarball. -All can be built just like normal alsa-driver release packages, that -is, installed via the usual spells: configure, make and make -install(-modules). See INSTALL in the package. The snapshot tarballs -are found at: - -- ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/tiwai/snapshot/ - Sending a Bug Report ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -699,7 +688,12 @@ problems. alsa-info ~~~~~~~~~ The script `alsa-info.sh` is a very useful tool to gather the audio -device information. You can fetch the latest version from: +device information. It's included in alsa-utils package. The latest +version can be found on git repository: + +- git://git.alsa-project.org/alsa-utils.git + +The script can be fetched directly from the following URL, too: - http://www.alsa-project.org/alsa-info.sh @@ -836,15 +830,11 @@ can get a proc-file dump at the current state, get a list of control (mixer) elements, set/get the control element value, simulate the PCM operation, the jack plugging simulation, etc. -The package is found in: - -- ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/tiwai/misc/ - -A git repository is available: +The program is found in the git repository below: - git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/hda-emu.git -See README file in the tarball for more details about hda-emu +See README file in the repository for more details about hda-emu program. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt index 630c492c3dc2..8ba556a131c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Gapless Playback ================ When playing thru an album, the decoders have the ability to skip the encoder delay and padding and directly move from one track content to another. The end -user can perceive this as gapless playback as we dont have silence while +user can perceive this as gapless playback as we don't have silence while switching from one track to another Also, there might be low-intensity noises due to encoding. Perfect gapless is @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Sequence flow for gapless would be: - Fill data of the first track - Trigger start - User-space finished sending all, -- Indicaite next track data by sending set_next_track +- Indicate next track data by sending set_next_track - Set metadata of the next track - then call partial_drain to flush most of buffer in DSP - Fill data of the next track diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/dapm.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/dapm.txt index 6faab4880006..c45bd79f291e 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/dapm.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/dapm.txt @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ SOC_DAPM_SINGLE("HiFi Playback Switch", WM8731_APANA, 4, 1, 0), SND_SOC_DAPM_MIXER("Output Mixer", WM8731_PWR, 4, 1, wm8731_output_mixer_controls, ARRAY_SIZE(wm8731_output_mixer_controls)), -If you dont want the mixer elements prefixed with the name of the mixer widget, +If you don't want the mixer elements prefixed with the name of the mixer widget, you can use SND_SOC_DAPM_MIXER_NAMED_CTL instead. the parameters are the same as for SND_SOC_DAPM_MIXER. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/overview.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/overview.txt index ff88f52eec98..f3f28b7ae242 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/overview.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/soc/overview.txt @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ multiple re-usable component drivers :- and any audio DSP drivers for that platform. * Machine class driver: The machine driver class acts as the glue that - decribes and binds the other component drivers together to form an ALSA + describes and binds the other component drivers together to form an ALSA "sound card device". It handles any machine specific controls and machine level audio events (e.g. turning on an amp at start of playback). diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/timestamping.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/timestamping.txt index 0b191a23f534..1b6473f393a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/timestamping.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/timestamping.txt @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ will be required to issue multiple queries and perform an interpolation of the results In some hardware-specific configuration, the system timestamp is -latched by a low-level audio subsytem, and the information provided +latched by a low-level audio subsystem, and the information provided back to the driver. Due to potential delays in the communication with the hardware, there is a risk of misalignment with the avail and delay information. To make sure applications are not confused, a diff --git a/Documentation/sync_file.txt b/Documentation/sync_file.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..eaf8297dbca2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sync_file.txt @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + Sync File API Guide + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + + Gustavo Padovan + <gustavo at padovan dot org> + +This document serves as a guide for device drivers writers on what the +sync_file API is, and how drivers can support it. Sync file is the carrier of +the fences(struct fence) that needs to synchronized between drivers or across +process boundaries. + +The sync_file API is meant to be used to send and receive fence information +to/from userspace. It enables userspace to do explicit fencing, where instead +of attaching a fence to the buffer a producer driver (such as a GPU or V4L +driver) sends the fence related to the buffer to userspace via a sync_file. + +The sync_file then can be sent to the consumer (DRM driver for example), that +will not use the buffer for anything before the fence(s) signals, i.e., the +driver that issued the fence is not using/processing the buffer anymore, so it +signals that the buffer is ready to use. And vice-versa for the consumer -> +producer part of the cycle. + +Sync files allows userspace awareness on buffer sharing synchronization between +drivers. + +Sync file was originally added in the Android kernel but current Linux Desktop +can benefit a lot from it. + +in-fences and out-fences +------------------------ + +Sync files can go either to or from userspace. When a sync_file is sent from +the driver to userspace we call the fences it contains 'out-fences'. They are +related to a buffer that the driver is processing or is going to process, so +the driver an create out-fence to be able to notify, through fence_signal(), +when it has finished using (or processing) that buffer. Out-fences are fences +that the driver creates. + +On the other hand if the driver receives fence(s) through a sync_file from +userspace we call these fence(s) 'in-fences'. Receiveing in-fences means that +we need to wait for the fence(s) to signal before using any buffer related to +the in-fences. + +Creating Sync Files +------------------- + +When a driver needs to send an out-fence userspace it creates a sync_file. + +Interface: + struct sync_file *sync_file_create(struct fence *fence); + +The caller pass the out-fence and gets back the sync_file. That is just the +first step, next it needs to install an fd on sync_file->file. So it gets an +fd: + + fd = get_unused_fd_flags(O_CLOEXEC); + +and installs it on sync_file->file: + + fd_install(fd, sync_file->file); + +The sync_file fd now can be sent to userspace. + +If the creation process fail, or the sync_file needs to be released by any +other reason fput(sync_file->file) should be used. + +References: +[1] struct sync_file in include/linux/sync_file.h +[2] All interfaces mentioned above defined in include/linux/sync_file.h diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index daabdd7ee543..a3683ce2a2f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ show up in /proc/sys/kernel: - perf_cpu_time_max_percent - perf_event_paranoid - perf_event_max_stack +- perf_event_max_contexts_per_stack - pid_max - powersave-nap [ PPC only ] - printk @@ -668,6 +669,19 @@ The default value is 127. ============================================================== +perf_event_max_contexts_per_stack: + +Controls maximum number of stack frame context entries for +(attr.sample_type & PERF_SAMPLE_CALLCHAIN) configured events, for +instance, when using 'perf record -g' or 'perf trace --call-graph fp'. + +This can only be done when no events are in use that have callchains +enabled, otherwise writing to this file will return -EBUSY. + +The default value is 8. + +============================================================== + pid_max: PID allocation wrap value. When the kernel's next PID value diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt index 34a5fece3121..720355cbdf45 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ Currently, these files are in /proc/sys/vm: - panic_on_oom - percpu_pagelist_fraction - stat_interval +- stat_refresh - swappiness - user_reserve_kbytes - vfs_cache_pressure @@ -755,6 +756,19 @@ is 1 second. ============================================================== +stat_refresh + +Any read or write (by root only) flushes all the per-cpu vm statistics +into their global totals, for more accurate reports when testing +e.g. cat /proc/sys/vm/stat_refresh /proc/meminfo + +As a side-effect, it also checks for negative totals (elsewhere reported +as 0) and "fails" with EINVAL if any are found, with a warning in dmesg. +(At time of writing, a few stats are known sometimes to be found negative, +with no ill effects: errors and warnings on these stats are suppressed.) + +============================================================== + swappiness This control is used to define how aggressive the kernel will swap diff --git a/Documentation/sysrq.txt b/Documentation/sysrq.txt index 13f5619b2203..3a3b30ac2a75 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysrq.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysrq.txt @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ it is currently registered in that slot. This is in case the slot has been overwritten since you registered it. The Magic SysRQ system works by registering key operations against a key op -lookup table, which is defined in 'drivers/char/sysrq.c'. This key table has +lookup table, which is defined in 'drivers/tty/sysrq.c'. This key table has a number of operations registered into it at compile time, but is mutable, and 2 functions are exported for interface to it: register_sysrq_key and unregister_sysrq_key. diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py index 7d370c9b1450..94bf6944bb1e 100755 --- a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py +++ b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py @@ -294,8 +294,6 @@ def tcm_mod_build_configfs(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " .tpg_check_prod_mode_write_protect = " + fabric_mod_name + "_check_false,\n" buf += " .tpg_get_inst_index = " + fabric_mod_name + "_tpg_get_inst_index,\n" buf += " .release_cmd = " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_cmd,\n" - buf += " .shutdown_session = " + fabric_mod_name + "_shutdown_session,\n" - buf += " .close_session = " + fabric_mod_name + "_close_session,\n" buf += " .sess_get_index = " + fabric_mod_name + "_sess_get_index,\n" buf += " .sess_get_initiator_sid = NULL,\n" buf += " .write_pending = " + fabric_mod_name + "_write_pending,\n" @@ -467,20 +465,6 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += "}\n\n" bufi += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_release_cmd(struct se_cmd *);\n" - if re.search('shutdown_session\)\(', fo): - buf += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_shutdown_session(struct se_session *se_sess)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " return 0;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_shutdown_session(struct se_session *);\n" - - if re.search('close_session\)\(', fo): - buf += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_close_session(struct se_session *se_sess)\n" - buf += "{\n" - buf += " return;\n" - buf += "}\n\n" - bufi += "void " + fabric_mod_name + "_close_session(struct se_session *);\n" - if re.search('sess_get_index\)\(', fo): buf += "u32 " + fabric_mod_name + "_sess_get_index(struct se_session *se_sess)\n" buf += "{\n" diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt index ed419d6c8dec..efc3f3d293c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt @@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. 1.1.2 void thermal_zone_device_unregister(struct thermal_zone_device *tz) This interface function removes the thermal zone device. - It deletes the corresponding entry form /sys/class/thermal folder and - unbind all the thermal cooling devices it uses. + It deletes the corresponding entry from /sys/class/thermal folder and + unbinds all the thermal cooling devices it uses. 1.1.3 struct thermal_zone_device *thermal_zone_of_sensor_register( struct device *dev, int sensor_id, void *data, @@ -146,32 +146,32 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. This interface function adds a new thermal cooling device (fan/processor/...) to /sys/class/thermal/ folder as cooling_device[0-*]. It tries to bind itself - to all the thermal zone devices register at the same time. + to all the thermal zone devices registered at the same time. name: the cooling device name. devdata: device private data. ops: thermal cooling devices call-backs. .get_max_state: get the Maximum throttle state of the cooling device. - .get_cur_state: get the Current throttle state of the cooling device. + .get_cur_state: get the Currently requested throttle state of the cooling device. .set_cur_state: set the Current throttle state of the cooling device. 1.2.2 void thermal_cooling_device_unregister(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev) - This interface function remove the thermal cooling device. - It deletes the corresponding entry form /sys/class/thermal folder and - unbind itself from all the thermal zone devices using it. + This interface function removes the thermal cooling device. + It deletes the corresponding entry from /sys/class/thermal folder and + unbinds itself from all the thermal zone devices using it. 1.3 interface for binding a thermal zone device with a thermal cooling device 1.3.1 int thermal_zone_bind_cooling_device(struct thermal_zone_device *tz, int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev, unsigned long upper, unsigned long lower, unsigned int weight); - This interface function bind a thermal cooling device to the certain trip + This interface function binds a thermal cooling device to a particular trip point of a thermal zone device. This function is usually called in the thermal zone device .bind callback. tz: the thermal zone device cdev: thermal cooling device - trip: indicates which trip point the cooling devices is associated with - in this thermal zone. + trip: indicates which trip point in this thermal zone the cooling device + is associated with. upper:the Maximum cooling state for this trip point. THERMAL_NO_LIMIT means no upper limit, and the cooling device can be in max_state. @@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. 1.3.2 int thermal_zone_unbind_cooling_device(struct thermal_zone_device *tz, int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev); - This interface function unbind a thermal cooling device from the certain + This interface function unbinds a thermal cooling device from a particular trip point of a thermal zone device. This function is usually called in the thermal zone device .unbind callback. tz: the thermal zone device cdev: thermal cooling device - trip: indicates which trip point the cooling devices is associated with - in this thermal zone. + trip: indicates which trip point in this thermal zone the cooling device + is associated with. 1.4 Thermal Zone Parameters 1.4.1 struct thermal_bind_params @@ -210,13 +210,13 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. this thermal zone and cdev, for a particular trip point. If nth bit is set, then the cdev and thermal zone are bound for trip point n. - .limits: This is an array of cooling state limits. Must have exactly - 2 * thermal_zone.number_of_trip_points. It is an array consisting - of tuples <lower-state upper-state> of state limits. Each trip - will be associated with one state limit tuple when binding. - A NULL pointer means <THERMAL_NO_LIMITS THERMAL_NO_LIMITS> - on all trips. These limits are used when binding a cdev to a - trip point. + .binding_limits: This is an array of cooling state limits. Must have + exactly 2 * thermal_zone.number_of_trip_points. It is an + array consisting of tuples <lower-state upper-state> of + state limits. Each trip will be associated with one state + limit tuple when binding. A NULL pointer means + <THERMAL_NO_LIMITS THERMAL_NO_LIMITS> on all trips. + These limits are used when binding a cdev to a trip point. .match: This call back returns success(0) if the 'tz and cdev' need to be bound, as per platform data. 1.4.2 struct thermal_zone_params @@ -351,8 +351,8 @@ cdev[0-*] RO, Optional cdev[0-*]_trip_point - The trip point with which cdev[0-*] is associated in this thermal - zone; -1 means the cooling device is not associated with any trip + The trip point in this thermal zone which cdev[0-*] is associated + with; -1 means the cooling device is not associated with any trip point. RO, Optional diff --git a/Documentation/timers/hrtimers.txt b/Documentation/timers/hrtimers.txt index ce31f65e12e7..588d85724f10 100644 --- a/Documentation/timers/hrtimers.txt +++ b/Documentation/timers/hrtimers.txt @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ several reasons why such integration is hard/impossible: - the unpredictable [O(N)] overhead of cascading leads to delays which necessitate a more complex handling of high resolution timers, which - in turn decreases robustness. Such a design still led to rather large + in turn decreases robustness. Such a design still leads to rather large timing inaccuracies. Cascading is a fundamental property of the timer - wheel concept, it cannot be 'designed out' without unevitably + wheel concept, it cannot be 'designed out' without inevitably degrading other portions of the timers.c code in an unacceptable way. - the implementation of the current posix-timer subsystem on top of @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ was not really a win, due to the different data structures. Also, the hrtimer functions now have clearer behavior and clearer names - such as hrtimer_try_to_cancel() and hrtimer_cancel() [which are roughly equivalent to del_timer() and del_timer_sync()] - so there's no direct -1:1 mapping between them on the algorithmical level, and thus no real +1:1 mapping between them on the algorithmic level, and thus no real potential for code sharing either. Basic data types: every time value, absolute or relative, is in a diff --git a/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt index 0a5c3290e732..a33c88cd5d1d 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt @@ -190,8 +190,8 @@ expected to be accessed and controlled using those entries. Last but not least, "struct module *owner" is expected to be set to reflect the information carried in "THIS_MODULE". -How to use ----------- +How to use the tracer modules +----------------------------- Before trace collection can start, a coresight sink needs to be identify. There is no limit on the amount of sinks (nor sources) that can be enabled at @@ -297,3 +297,36 @@ Info Tracing enabled Instruction 13570831 0x8026B584 E28DD00C false ADD sp,sp,#0xc Instruction 0 0x8026B588 E8BD8000 true LDM sp!,{pc} Timestamp Timestamp: 17107041535 + +How to use the STM module +------------------------- + +Using the System Trace Macrocell module is the same as the tracers - the only +difference is that clients are driving the trace capture rather +than the program flow through the code. + +As with any other CoreSight component, specifics about the STM tracer can be +found in sysfs with more information on each entry being found in [1]: + +root@genericarmv8:~# ls /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20100000.stm +enable_source hwevent_select port_enable subsystem uevent +hwevent_enable mgmt port_select traceid +root@genericarmv8:~# + +Like any other source a sink needs to be identified and the STM enabled before +being used: + +root@genericarmv8:~# echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etf/enable_sink +root@genericarmv8:~# echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20100000.stm/enable_source + +From there user space applications can request and use channels using the devfs +interface provided for that purpose by the generic STM API: + +root@genericarmv8:~# ls -l /dev/20100000.stm +crw------- 1 root root 10, 61 Jan 3 18:11 /dev/20100000.stm +root@genericarmv8:~# + +Details on how to use the generic STM API can be found here [2]. + +[1]. Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm +[2]. Documentation/trace/stm.txt diff --git a/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt b/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt index 678741b0f213..edf7cdfddc88 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt @@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ To show how to demo OTG HNP and SRP functions via sys input files with 2 Freescale i.MX6Q sabre SD boards. -1.1 How to enable OTG FSM in menuconfig +1.1 How to enable OTG FSM --------------------------------------- -Select CONFIG_USB_OTG_FSM, rebuild kernel Image and modules. -If you want to check some internal variables for otg fsm, -mount debugfs, there are 2 files which can show otg fsm -variables and some controller registers value: +1.1.1 Select CONFIG_USB_OTG_FSM in menuconfig, rebuild kernel +Image and modules. If you want to check some internal +variables for otg fsm, mount debugfs, there are 2 files +which can show otg fsm variables and some controller registers value: cat /sys/kernel/debug/ci_hdrc.0/otg cat /sys/kernel/debug/ci_hdrc.0/registers +1.1.2 Add below entries in your dts file for your controller node + otg-rev = <0x0200>; + adp-disable; 1.2 Test operations ------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 index 35fae23f883b..b09ce36b921e 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88 @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ the driver. What to do then? cx88-cards.c. If that worked, mail me your changes as unified diff ("diff -u"). (3) Or you can mail me the config information. I need at least the - following informations to add the card: + following information to add the card: * the PCI Subsystem ID ("0070:3400" from the line above, "lspci -v" output is fine too). diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ index d3f1d7783d1c..646a47de0016 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ receiver chips. Some boards use the i2c bus instead of the gpio pins to connect the mux chip. As mentioned above, there is a array which holds the required -informations for each known board. You basically have to create a new +information for each known board. You basically have to create a new line for your board. The important fields are these two: struct tvcard diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt index 4d0542c5206b..a4482cce4bae 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt @@ -199,8 +199,8 @@ Type: vm ioctl Parameters: vcpu id (apic id on x86) Returns: vcpu fd on success, -1 on error -This API adds a vcpu to a virtual machine. The vcpu id is a small integer -in the range [0, max_vcpus). +This API adds a vcpu to a virtual machine. No more than max_vcpus may be added. +The vcpu id is an integer in the range [0, max_vcpu_id). The recommended max_vcpus value can be retrieved using the KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS of the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl() at run-time. @@ -212,6 +212,12 @@ cpus max. If the KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPUS does not exist, you should assume that max_vcpus is same as the value returned from KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS. +The maximum possible value for max_vcpu_id can be retrieved using the +KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPU_ID of the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl() at run-time. + +If the KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPU_ID does not exist, you should assume that max_vcpu_id +is the same as the value returned from KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPUS. + On powerpc using book3s_hv mode, the vcpus are mapped onto virtual threads in one or more virtual CPU cores. (This is because the hardware requires all the hardware threads in a CPU core to be in the @@ -3788,6 +3794,14 @@ a KVM_EXIT_IOAPIC_EOI vmexit will be reported to userspace. Fails if VCPU has already been created, or if the irqchip is already in the kernel (i.e. KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP has already been called). +7.6 KVM_CAP_S390_RI + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none + +Allows use of runtime-instrumentation introduced with zEC12 processor. +Will return -EINVAL if the machine does not support runtime-instrumentation. +Will return -EBUSY if a VCPU has already been created. 8. Other capabilities. ---------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt index e3e314cb83e8..6b0e115301c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ FLIC provides support to - add interrupts (KVM_DEV_FLIC_ENQUEUE) - inspect currently pending interrupts (KVM_FLIC_GET_ALL_IRQS) - purge all pending floating interrupts (KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IRQS) +- purge one pending floating I/O interrupt (KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IO_IRQ) - enable/disable for the guest transparent async page faults - register and modify adapter interrupt sources (KVM_DEV_FLIC_ADAPTER_*) @@ -40,6 +41,11 @@ Groups: Simply deletes all elements from the list of currently pending floating interrupts. No interrupts are injected into the guest. + KVM_DEV_FLIC_CLEAR_IO_IRQ + Deletes one (if any) I/O interrupt for a subchannel identified by the + subsystem identification word passed via the buffer specified by + attr->addr (address) and attr->attr (length). + KVM_DEV_FLIC_APF_ENABLE Enables async page faults for the guest. So in case of a major page fault the host is allowed to handle this async and continues the guest. @@ -68,7 +74,7 @@ struct kvm_s390_io_adapter { KVM_DEV_FLIC_ADAPTER_MODIFY Modifies attributes of an existing I/O adapter interrupt source. Takes - a kvm_s390_io_adapter_req specifiying the adapter and the operation: + a kvm_s390_io_adapter_req specifying the adapter and the operation: struct kvm_s390_io_adapter_req { __u32 id; @@ -94,3 +100,9 @@ struct kvm_s390_io_adapter_req { KVM_S390_IO_ADAPTER_UNMAP release a userspace page for the translated address specified in addr from the list of mappings + +Note: The KVM_SET_DEVICE_ATTR/KVM_GET_DEVICE_ATTR device ioctls executed on +FLIC with an unknown group or attribute gives the error code EINVAL (instead of +ENXIO, as specified in the API documentation). It is not possible to conclude +that a FLIC operation is unavailable based on the error code resulting from a +usage attempt. diff --git a/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt b/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt index 54dd9b9c6c31..59cbc803aad6 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ resulting effect on persistent huge page allocation is as follows: node list of "all" with numactl --interleave or --membind [-m] to achieve interleaving over all nodes in the system or cpuset. -4) Any task mempolicy specifed--e.g., using numactl--will be constrained by +4) Any task mempolicy specified--e.g., using numactl--will be constrained by the resource limits of any cpuset in which the task runs. Thus, there will be no way for a task with non-default policy running in a cpuset with a subset of the system nodes to allocate huge pages outside the cpuset @@ -275,10 +275,10 @@ This command mounts a (pseudo) filesystem of type hugetlbfs on the directory options sets the owner and group of the root of the file system. By default the uid and gid of the current process are taken. The mode option sets the mode of root of file system to value & 01777. This value is given in octal. -By default the value 0755 is picked. If the paltform supports multiple huge +By default the value 0755 is picked. If the platform supports multiple huge page sizes, the pagesize option can be used to specify the huge page size and associated pool. pagesize is specified in bytes. If pagesize is not specified -the paltform's default huge page size and associated pool will be used. The +the platform's default huge page size and associated pool will be used. The size option sets the maximum value of memory (huge pages) allowed for that filesystem (/mnt/huge). The size option can be specified in bytes, or as a percentage of the specified huge page pool (nr_hugepages). The size is diff --git a/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt b/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt index 0e1e55588b59..eafcefa15261 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ There are four components to pagemap: 14. SWAPBACKED 15. COMPOUND_HEAD 16. COMPOUND_TAIL - 16. HUGE + 17. HUGE 18. UNEVICTABLE 19. HWPOISON 20. NOPAGE diff --git a/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt b/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt index d9cb65cf5cfd..7c871d6beb63 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ unaffected. libhugetlbfs will also work fine as usual. == Graceful fallback == -Code walking pagetables but unware about huge pmds can simply call +Code walking pagetables but unaware about huge pmds can simply call split_huge_pmd(vma, pmd, addr) where the pmd is the one returned by pmd_offset. It's trivial to make the code transparent hugepage aware by just grepping for "pmd_offset" and adding split_huge_pmd where @@ -394,9 +394,9 @@ hugepage natively. Once finished you can drop the page table lock. Refcounting on THP is mostly consistent with refcounting on other compound pages: - - get_page()/put_page() and GUP operate in head page's ->_count. + - get_page()/put_page() and GUP operate in head page's ->_refcount. - - ->_count in tail pages is always zero: get_page_unless_zero() never + - ->_refcount in tail pages is always zero: get_page_unless_zero() never succeed on tail pages. - map/unmap of the pages with PTE entry increment/decrement ->_mapcount @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ tracking. The alternative is alter ->_mapcount in all subpages on each map/unmap of the whole compound page. We set PG_double_map when a PMD of the page got split for the first time, -but still have PMD mapping. The addtional references go away with last +but still have PMD mapping. The additional references go away with last compound_mapcount. split_huge_page internally has to distribute the refcounts in the head @@ -426,16 +426,16 @@ requests to split pinned huge page: it expects page count to be equal to sum of mapcount of all sub-pages plus one (split_huge_page caller must have reference for head page). -split_huge_page uses migration entries to stabilize page->_count and +split_huge_page uses migration entries to stabilize page->_refcount and page->_mapcount. We safe against physical memory scanners too: the only legitimate way scanner can get reference to a page is get_page_unless_zero(). -All tail pages has zero ->_count until atomic_add(). It prevent scanner -from geting reference to tail page up to the point. After the atomic_add() -we don't care about ->_count value. We already known how many references -with should uncharge from head page. +All tail pages have zero ->_refcount until atomic_add(). This prevents the +scanner from getting a reference to the tail page up to that point. After the +atomic_add() we don't care about the ->_refcount value. We already known how +many references should be uncharged from the head page. For head page get_page_unless_zero() will succeed and we don't mind. It's clear where reference should go after split: it will stay on head page. diff --git a/Documentation/vm/z3fold.txt b/Documentation/vm/z3fold.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..38e4dac810b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/vm/z3fold.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +z3fold +------ + +z3fold is a special purpose allocator for storing compressed pages. +It is designed to store up to three compressed pages per physical page. +It is a zbud derivative which allows for higher compression +ratio keeping the simplicity and determinism of its predecessor. + +The main differences between z3fold and zbud are: +* unlike zbud, z3fold allows for up to PAGE_SIZE allocations +* z3fold can hold up to 3 compressed pages in its page +* z3fold doesn't export any API itself and is thus intended to be used + via the zpool API. + +To keep the determinism and simplicity, z3fold, just like zbud, always +stores an integral number of compressed pages per page, but it can store +up to 3 pages unlike zbud which can store at most 2. Therefore the +compression ratio goes to around 2.7x while zbud's one is around 1.7x. + +Unlike zbud (but like zsmalloc for that matter) z3fold_alloc() does not +return a dereferenceable pointer. Instead, it returns an unsigned long +handle which encodes actual location of the allocated object. + +Keeping effective compression ratio close to zsmalloc's, z3fold doesn't +depend on MMU enabled and provides more predictable reclaim behavior +which makes it a better fit for small and response-critical systems. diff --git a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm index 13411fe52f7f..d1f93af36f38 100644 --- a/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm +++ b/Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm @@ -33,7 +33,15 @@ temperature conversion at a time. If none of the devices are parasite powered it would be possible to convert all the devices at the same time and then go back to read individual sensors. That isn't currently supported. The driver also doesn't support reduced -precision (which would also reduce the conversion time). +precision (which would also reduce the conversion time) when reading values. + +Writing a value between 9 and 12 to the sysfs w1_slave file will change the +precision of the sensor for the next readings. This value is in (volatile) +SRAM, so it is reset when the sensor gets power-cycled. + +To store the current precision configuration into EEPROM, the value 0 +has to be written to the sysfs w1_slave file. Since the EEPROM has a limited +amount of writes (>50k), this command should be used wisely. The module parameter strong_pullup can be set to 0 to disable the strong pullup, 1 to enable autodetection or 2 to force strong pullup. diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt index 9488078900e0..a40398cce9d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/hpwdt.txt @@ -1,64 +1,67 @@ -Last reviewed: 06/02/2009 +Last reviewed: 04/04/2016 - HP iLO2 NMI Watchdog Driver - NMI sourcing for iLO2 based ProLiant Servers + HPE iLO NMI Watchdog Driver + NMI sourcing for iLO based ProLiant Servers Documentation and Driver by - Thomas Mingarelli <thomas.mingarelli@hp.com> + Thomas Mingarelli <thomas.mingarelli@hpe.com> - The HP iLO2 NMI Watchdog driver is a kernel module that provides basic + The HPE iLO NMI Watchdog driver is a kernel module that provides basic watchdog functionality and the added benefit of NMI sourcing. Both the watchdog functionality and the NMI sourcing capability need to be enabled by the user. Remember that the two modes are not dependent on one another. A user can have the NMI sourcing without the watchdog timer and vice-versa. + All references to iLO in this document imply it also works on iLO2 and all + subsequent generations. Watchdog functionality is enabled like any other common watchdog driver. That is, an application needs to be started that kicks off the watchdog timer. A basic application exists in the Documentation/watchdog/src directory called watchdog-test.c. Simply compile the C file and kick it off. If the system - gets into a bad state and hangs, the HP ProLiant iLO 2 timer register will + gets into a bad state and hangs, the HPE ProLiant iLO timer register will not be updated in a timely fashion and a hardware system reset (also known as an Automatic Server Recovery (ASR)) event will occur. - The hpwdt driver also has four (4) module parameters. They are the following: + The hpwdt driver also has three (3) module parameters. They are the following: - soft_margin - allows the user to set the watchdog timer value - allow_kdump - allows the user to save off a kernel dump image after an NMI + soft_margin - allows the user to set the watchdog timer value. + Default value is 30 seconds. + allow_kdump - allows the user to save off a kernel dump image after an NMI. + Default value is 1/ON nowayout - basic watchdog parameter that does not allow the timer to be restarted or an impending ASR to be escaped. - priority - determines whether or not the hpwdt driver is first on the - die_notify list to handle NMIs or last. The default value - for this module parameter is 0 or LAST. If the user wants to - enable NMI sourcing then reload the hpwdt driver with - priority=1 (and boot with nmi_watchdog=0). + Default value is set when compiling the kernel. If it is set + to "Y", then there is no way of disabling the watchdog once + it has been started. NOTE: More information about watchdog drivers in general, including the ioctl interface to /dev/watchdog can be found in Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt and Documentation/IPMI.txt. - The priority parameter was introduced due to other kernel software that relied - on handling NMIs (like oprofile). Keeping hpwdt's priority at 0 (or LAST) - enables the users of NMIs for non critical events to be work as expected. - The NMI sourcing capability is disabled by default due to the inability to distinguish between "NMI Watchdog Ticks" and "HW generated NMI events" in the Linux kernel. What this means is that the hpwdt nmi handler code is called each time the NMI signal fires off. This could amount to several thousands of NMIs in a matter of seconds. If a user sees the Linux kernel's "dazed and confused" message in the logs or if the system gets into a hung state, then - the hpwdt driver can be reloaded with the "priority" module parameter set - (priority=1). + the hpwdt driver can be reloaded. 1. If the kernel has not been booted with nmi_watchdog turned off then - edit /boot/grub/menu.lst and place the nmi_watchdog=0 at the end of the - currently booting kernel line. + edit and place the nmi_watchdog=0 at the end of the currently booting + kernel line. Depending on your Linux distribution and platform setup: + For non-UEFI systems + /boot/grub/grub.conf or + /boot/grub/menu.lst + For UEFI systems + /boot/efi/EFI/distroname/grub.conf or + /boot/efi/efi/distroname/elilo.conf 2. reboot the sever - 3. Once the system comes up perform a rmmod hpwdt - 4. insmod /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/drivers/char/watchdog/hpwdt.ko priority=1 + 3. Once the system comes up perform a modprobe -r hpwdt + 4. modprobe /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/drivers/watchdog/hpwdt.ko Now, the hpwdt can successfully receive and source the NMI and provide a log - message that details the reason for the NMI (as determined by the HP BIOS). + message that details the reason for the NMI (as determined by the HPE BIOS). - Below is a list of NMIs the HP BIOS understands along with the associated + Below is a list of NMIs the HPE BIOS understands along with the associated code (reason): No source found 00h @@ -92,4 +95,4 @@ Last reviewed: 06/02/2009 -- Tom Mingarelli - (thomas.mingarelli@hp.com) + (thomas.mingarelli@hpe.com) diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt index c161399a6b5c..a8d364227a77 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt @@ -86,6 +86,10 @@ nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started davinci_wdt: heartbeat: Watchdog heartbeat period in seconds from 1 to 600, default 60 ------------------------------------------------- +ebc-c384_wdt: +timeout: Watchdog timeout in seconds. (1<=timeout<=15300, default=60) +nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started +------------------------------------------------- ep93xx_wdt: nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started timeout: Watchdog timeout in seconds. (1<=timeout<=3600, default=TBD) diff --git a/Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt b/Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt index 818518a3ff01..1a5a12184a35 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ A: MPX-enabled application will possibly create a lot of bounds tables in If we were to preallocate them for the 128TB of user virtual address space, we would need to reserve 512TB+2GB, which is larger than the entire virtual address space today. This means they can not be reserved - ahead of time. Also, a single process's pre-popualated bounds directory + ahead of time. Also, a single process's pre-populated bounds directory consumes 2GB of virtual *AND* physical memory. IOW, it's completely infeasible to prepopulate bounds directories. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ A: This would work if we could hook the site of each and every memory these calls. Q: Could a bounds fault be handed to userspace and the tables allocated - there in a signal handler intead of in the kernel? + there in a signal handler instead of in the kernel? A: mmap() is not on the list of safe async handler functions and even if mmap() would work it still requires locking or nasty tricks to keep track of the allocation state there. diff --git a/Documentation/xillybus.txt b/Documentation/xillybus.txt index 81d111b4dc28..1660145b9969 100644 --- a/Documentation/xillybus.txt +++ b/Documentation/xillybus.txt @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ in xillybus_core.c as follows: choice is a non-zero value, to match standard UNIX behavior. * synchronous: A non-zero value means that the pipe is synchronous. See - Syncronization above. + Synchronization above. * bufsize: Each DMA buffer's size. Always a power of two. diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO b/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO index 54ea24ff63c7..f0613b92e0be 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ kernel.org网站的pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/目录下找到它。它的开发遵循 - 每当一个新版本的内核被发布，为期两周的集成窗口将被打开。在这段时间里 维护者可以向Linus提交大段的修改，通常这些修改已经被放到-mm内核中几个 星期了。提交大量修改的首选方式是使用git工具（内核的代码版本管理工具 - ，更多的信息可以在http://git.or.cz/获取），不过使用普通补丁也是可以 + ，更多的信息可以在http://git-scm.com/获取），不过使用普通补丁也是可以 的。 - 两个星期以后-rc1版本内核发布。之后只有不包含可能影响整个内核稳定性的 新功能的补丁才可能被接受。请注意一个全新的驱动程序（或者文件系统）有 @@ -218,8 +218,6 @@ kernel.org网站的pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/目录下找到它。它的开发遵循 时，一个新的-rc版本就会被发布。计划是每周都发布新的-rc版本。 - 这个过程一直持续下去直到内核被认为达到足够稳定的状态，持续时间大概是 6个星期。 - - 以下地址跟踪了在每个-rc发布中发现的退步列表： - http://kernelnewbies.org/known_regressions 关于内核发布，值得一提的是Andrew Morton在linux-kernel邮件列表中如是说： “没有人知道新内核何时会被发布，因为发布是根据已知bug的情况来决定 diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt index 1145bf864082..c1dd968c5ee9 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation. M: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> zh_CN: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> -C: 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4 +C: 55f058e7574c3615dea4615573a19bdb258696c6 --------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/arm64/booting.txt 的中文翻译 @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Documentation/arm64/booting.txt 的中文翻译 中文版维护者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> 中文版翻译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> 中文版校译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> -本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为： 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4 +本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为： 55f058e7574c3615dea4615573a19bdb258696c6 以下为正文 --------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -125,18 +125,22 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内 1 - 4K 2 - 16K 3 - 64K - 位 3-63: 保留。 + 位 3: 内核物理位置 + 0 - 2MB 对齐基址应尽量靠近内存起始处，因为 + 其基址以下的内存无法通过线性映射访问 + 1 - 2MB 对齐基址可以在物理内存的任意位置 + 位 4-63: 保留。 - 当 image_size 为零时，引导装载程序应试图在内核映像末尾之后尽可能 多地保留空闲内存供内核直接使用。对内存空间的需求量因所选定的内核 特性而异, 并无实际限制。 -内核映像必须被放置在靠近可用系统内存起始的 2MB 对齐为基址的 -text_offset 字节处，并从该处被调用。当前，对 Linux 来说在此基址以下的 -内存是无法使用的，因此强烈建议将系统内存的起始作为这个基址。2MB 对齐 -基址和内核映像起始地址之间的区域对于内核来说没有特殊意义，且可能被 -用于其他目的。 +内核映像必须被放置在任意一个可用系统内存 2MB 对齐基址的 text_offset +字节处，并从该处被调用。2MB 对齐基址和内核映像起始地址之间的区域对于 +内核来说没有特殊意义，且可能被用于其他目的。 从映像起始地址算起，最少必须准备 image_size 字节的空闲内存供内核使用。 +注： v4.6 之前的版本无法使用内核映像物理偏移以下的内存，所以当时建议 +将映像尽量放置在靠近系统内存起始的地方。 任何提供给内核的内存（甚至在映像起始地址之前），若未从内核中标记为保留 (如在设备树（dtb）的 memreserve 区域），都将被认为对内核是可用。 |